]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
(change-log-mode-map): Add a menu.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18787 48933))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18791 16530))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93
94 \(fn)" t nil)
95
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
101
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
104
105 \(fn)" t nil)
106
107 ;;;***
108 \f
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
112
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
116
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
118
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18789
125 ;;;;;; 14212))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
127
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
129
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
134
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
136
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
140
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
142
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
149
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
151
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
154
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
156
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
159
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
168
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
172
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
174
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
179
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
182
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
184
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
188
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
192
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
196
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
200
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
203
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
205
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
210
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
212
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
219
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
221
222 \(fn)" t nil)
223
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
226
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
229
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
232
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
235
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
238
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
244
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
246
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
248
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
254
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
257
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
259
260 ;;;***
261 \f
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18787 48921))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
266
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
277
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
279
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
288
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
290
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
293
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
295
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
298
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
300
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
313
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
315
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
334
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
342
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
368
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
371
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
383
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
388
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
390
391 ;;;***
392 \f
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18892 6535))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
397
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
405
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
409
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
414
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
416
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
428
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
431
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
436
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
440
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
442
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
449
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
459
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
461
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
469
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
471
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474
475 \(fn)" t nil)
476
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479
480 \(fn)" t nil)
481
482 ;;;***
483 \f
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
487
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
489
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
491
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
493
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
495
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
497
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
499
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
501
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
503
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
505
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
507
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
509
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
511
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
513
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
515
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
517
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
519
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
523
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
527
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
534
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
536
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
545
546 and many other features.
547
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
553
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
562
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
570
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
583
584
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
590
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
603
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
614
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
619
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
636
637 Topic Encryption
638
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
643
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
648
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
653
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
657
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
659
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
662
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
668
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
674
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
682
683 Extending Allout
684
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
688
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
695
696 Terminology
697
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
699
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
709
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
722
723 Topic text constituents:
724
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
738
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
745
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
772
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
776
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
778
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
780
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
783
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
786
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
788
789 ;;;***
790 \f
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18905 22709))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
794
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
796
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
803
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
805
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
808
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
810
811 ;;;***
812 \f
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18787 48933))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
816
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
824
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
826
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
830
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
832
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
836
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
838
839 ;;;***
840 \f
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18934 32602))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
844
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
847
848 \(fn)" t nil)
849
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
852
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
857
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
860
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
862
863 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
864
865 ;;;***
866 \f
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18791 16530))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
870
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
877
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
882
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
887
888 \(fn)" t nil)
889
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
893
894 \(fn)" t nil)
895
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
899
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
901
902 ;;;***
903 \f
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18787 48920))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
907
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
911
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
916
917 \(fn)" t nil)
918
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
926
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
928
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
931
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
933
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
938
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
940
941 ;;;***
942 \f
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18848 908))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
947
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
952
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
955
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
957
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
964
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
967
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
969
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
971
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
978
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
981
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
984
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
987
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
989
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
992
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
994
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
999
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1004
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1007
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1009
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1011
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1016
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1018
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1025
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1029
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1031
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1038
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1043
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1045
1046 ;;;***
1047 \f
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18892
1049 ;;;;;; 6536))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1051
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1058
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1062
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1064
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1066
1067 ;;;***
1068 \f
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18794 5653))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1071
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1074
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1078
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1080
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1084
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1090
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1098
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1102
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1105
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1110
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1115
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1120
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1123
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1126
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1131
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1133
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1135
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1137
1138 ;;;***
1139 \f
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18829
1141 ;;;;;; 65374))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1143
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1149
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1151
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1153
1154
1155 How to submit a bug report
1156
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1158
1159
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1161
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1166
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1170
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1201
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1204
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1210
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1214
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1218
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1220
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1223
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1227
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1230
1231
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1234
1235
1236 Settings
1237
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1239
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1241
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1243
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1245
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1248
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1250
1251
1252 Drawing with keys
1253
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1260
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1262
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1264
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1271
1272
1273 Arrows
1274
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1277
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1280
1281
1282 Selecting operation
1283
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1285
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1306
1307
1308 Variables
1309
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1312
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1332
1333 Hooks
1334
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1337
1338
1339 Keymap summary
1340
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1342
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1344
1345 ;;;***
1346 \f
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18787
1348 ;;;;;; 48933))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1350
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1354
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1359
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1362
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1365
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1367
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1370
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1372
1373 ;;;***
1374 \f
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1378
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1382
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1384
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1395
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1402
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1404
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1406
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1413
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1415
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1422
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1424
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1426
1427 ;;;***
1428 \f
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1432
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1435
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1437
1438 ;;;***
1439 \f
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18787 48911))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1443
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1447
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1449
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1454
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1456
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1463
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1465
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1470
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1473
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1475
1476 ;;;***
1477 \f
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1482
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1484
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1490
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1492
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1494
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1501
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1504
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1506
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1510
1511 \(fn)" nil nil)
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514 \f
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18787 48911))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1519
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1522
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1528
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1533
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1536
1537 \(fn)" nil nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1542
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1548
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1552
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1554
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1556
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1559
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1562
1563 \(fn)" nil nil)
1564
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1571
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1573
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1576
1577 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1578 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1579 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1580
1581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1582
1583 ;;;***
1584 \f
1585 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1586 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18787 48911))
1587 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1588
1589 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1590 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1591 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1594
1595 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1596
1597 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1598 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1599 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1600 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1601
1602 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1603 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1604 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1605
1606 Effects of the different modes:
1607 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1608 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1609 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1610 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1611 a random distance & direction.
1612 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1613 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1614 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1615
1616 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1617
1618 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1619 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1620 definition of \"random distance\".)
1621
1622 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1623
1624 ;;;***
1625 \f
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1627 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
1628 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1629 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1630
1631 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1632 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1633 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1634 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1635
1636 \(fn)" t nil)
1637
1638 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1639 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1640 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1643 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1644
1645 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1649 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1651 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1652 seconds.
1653
1654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1655
1656 ;;;***
1657 \f
1658 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1659 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18879 46549))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1661
1662 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1663 Time execution of FORMS.
1664 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1665 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1666 FORMS once.
1667 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1668 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1669 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1670
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1672
1673 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1674 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1675 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1676 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1677 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1678
1679 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1680
1681 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1682 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1683 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1684 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1685 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1686
1687 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1688
1689 ;;;***
1690 \f
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1692 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18906 38046))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1694
1695 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1696 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1697 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1698 of corresponding buffers.
1699 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1700 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1701 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1702 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1703 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1704 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1705
1706 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1707
1708 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1709 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1710
1711 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1712
1713 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1714 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1715 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1716 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1717
1718 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1719 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1720 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1721 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1722 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1723
1724 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1725 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1726
1727
1728 Special information:
1729
1730 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1731
1732 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1733 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1734 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1735 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1736 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1737 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1738 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1739 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1740 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1741 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1742 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1743
1744 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1745 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1746 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1747 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1748 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1749 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1750 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1751 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1752
1753 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1754
1755 ----------------------------------------------------------
1756 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1757 if that value is non-nil.
1758
1759 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1760
1761 \(fn)" t nil)
1762
1763 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1764 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1765 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1766 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1767 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1768 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1769 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1770 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1771 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1772 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1773
1774 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1775
1776 ;;;***
1777 \f
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1779 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1782
1783 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1784 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1785
1786 \(fn)" t nil)
1787
1788 ;;;***
1789 \f
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1791 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1792 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1794
1795 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1796
1797 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1798 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1799 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1800
1801 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1802
1803 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1804 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1805
1806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1807
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1810
1811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1812
1813 ;;;***
1814 \f
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18787
1816 ;;;;;; 48933))
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1818
1819 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1820 Play blackbox.
1821 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1822
1823 What is blackbox?
1824
1825 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1826 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1827 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1828 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1829 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1830 your score.
1831
1832 Overview of play:
1833
1834 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1835 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1836 four.
1837
1838 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1839 movement keys.
1840
1841 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1842 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1843
1844 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1845 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1846
1847 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1848 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1849 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1850 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1851 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1852 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1853
1854 Details:
1855
1856 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1857
1858 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1859 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1860 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1861 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1862
1863 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1864 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1865 denoted by the letter `R'.
1866
1867 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1868 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1869 denoted by the letter `H'.
1870
1871 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1872 example.
1873
1874 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1875 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1876 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1877 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1878 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1879 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1880 ray.
1881
1882 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1883 degree deflection it causes.
1884
1885 1
1886 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1887 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1888 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1889 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1893 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1894 2 3
1895
1896 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1897 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1898
1899
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1903 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1908
1909 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1910 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1911 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1912 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1913 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1914 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1915 emerging from the box.
1916
1917 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1918
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1924 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927
1928 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1929 a reflection.
1930
1931 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1932
1933 ;;;***
1934 \f
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1936 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1937 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1938 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18787
1939 ;;;;;; 48911))
1940 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1941 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1942 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1943 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1944
1945 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1946 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1947 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1948 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1949 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1950 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1951 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1954 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1955 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1956 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1957 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1958 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1959 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1960 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1961 recent one.
1962
1963 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1964 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1965 yank successive words.
1966
1967 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1968 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1969 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1970 name of the file being visited.
1971
1972 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1973 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1974 the list of bookmarks.)
1975
1976 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1977
1978 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1979 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1980 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1981 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1982 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1983 this.
1984
1985 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1986 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1987 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1988 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1989
1990 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1991
1992 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
1993 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
1994 See `bookmark-jump'.
1995
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1997
1998 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
1999 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2000 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2001 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2002 after a bookmark was set in it.
2003
2004 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2005
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2008 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2009 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2010
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2012
2013 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2014
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2016 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2017 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2018 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2019
2020 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2021 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2022 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2023
2024 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2025 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2026 name.
2027
2028 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2029
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2032 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2033 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2034 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2035 this.
2036
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2038
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2040 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2041 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2042 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2043 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2044 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2045 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2046 probably because we were called from there.
2047
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2049
2050 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2051 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2052 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2053
2054 \(fn)" t nil)
2055
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2057 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2058 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2059 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2060 \(second argument).
2061
2062 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2063 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2064 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2065 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2066 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2067
2068 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2069 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2070 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2071 `bookmark-default-file'.
2072
2073 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2074
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2076 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2077 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2078 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2079 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2080 while loading.
2081
2082 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2083 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2084 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2085 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2086 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2087 explicitly.
2088
2089 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2090 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2091 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2092 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2093
2094 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2095
2096 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2097 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2098 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2099 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2100 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2101
2102 \(fn)" t nil)
2103
2104 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2105
2106 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2107
2108 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2109
2110 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2111
2112 ;;;***
2113 \f
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2115 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2116 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2117 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2118 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2119 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2120 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2121 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2122 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2123 ;;;;;; (18918 44797))
2124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2125
2126 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2127 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2128 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2129 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2130
2131 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2132 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2133 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2134 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2135 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2136
2137 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2138
2139 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2140 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2141
2142 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2143
2144 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2145 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2146
2147 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2148
2149 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2150 Not documented
2151
2152 \(fn)" nil nil)
2153
2154 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2156 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2157 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2158 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2159 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2160
2161 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2162
2163 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2164 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2165 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2166 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2167 narrowed.
2168
2169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2170
2171 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2172 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2173
2174 \(fn)" t nil)
2175
2176 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2177 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2178
2179 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2184 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2185
2186 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2189 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2190 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2191 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2192
2193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2194
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2196 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2197 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2198 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2199 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2200 to use.
2201
2202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2203
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2205 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2206 Default to the URL around or before point.
2207
2208 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2209 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2210 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2211 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2212
2213 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2214 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2215
2216 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2217 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2218
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2220
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2223 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2224 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2225
2226 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2227 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2228 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2229 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2230
2231 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2234
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2236 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2237
2238 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2239
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2244
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2247 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2249
2250 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2251 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2252 new tab in an existing window instead.
2253
2254 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2255 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2256
2257 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2258
2259 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2260 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2261 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2262 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2263 Firefox.
2264
2265 When called interactively, if variable
2266 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2267 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2268 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2269 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2270
2271 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2274
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2276 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2277
2278 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2279 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2280 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2281 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2282 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2283 URL in a new window.
2284
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2286
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2290 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2291
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2294 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2295 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2296
2297 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2298 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2299 new tab in an existing window instead.
2300
2301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2303
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2305
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2308
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2310
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2315
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2318 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2319 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2325
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2328
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2331 program is invoked according to the variable
2332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2333
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338
2339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341
2342 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2346 Default to the URL around or before point.
2347
2348 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2349 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2350 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2351
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2359
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point.
2365
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2368 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2369
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2377 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2378 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2379
2380 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2381
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2384 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2385 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2386 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2387 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2388
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2390
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2393 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2394 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2395 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2396
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2399 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2408 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2409 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2410 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2411 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2412 current one.
2413
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2416 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2427 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2428 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2429 don't offer a form of remote control.
2430
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2436
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Default to the URL around the point.
2442
2443 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2444 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2445
2446 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2447 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2448
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2450
2451 ;;;***
2452 \f
2453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18787
2454 ;;;;;; 48933))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2456
2457 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2459
2460 \(fn)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2463 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2464
2465 \(fn)" nil nil)
2466
2467 ;;;***
2468 \f
2469 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2470 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18853 58440))
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2472
2473 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2474 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2475 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2476 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2477
2478 \(fn)" t nil)
2479
2480 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2481 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2482 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2483 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2484
2485 \(fn)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2488 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2489
2490 \(fn)" t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2493 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2494 \\<bs-mode-map>
2495 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2496 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2497 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2498 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2499
2500 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2501 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2502 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2503 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2504 name of buffer configuration.
2505
2506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2507
2508 ;;;***
2509 \f
2510 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18890 28165))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2512
2513 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2514 Play Bubbles game.
2515 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2516 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2517 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2518 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2519 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2520 columns on its right towards the left.
2521
2522 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2523 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2524 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2525 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2526
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2528
2529 ;;;***
2530 \f
2531 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 25728))
2533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2534
2535 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2536
2537 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2538 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2539
2540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2541
2542 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2543 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2544
2545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2546
2547 ;;;***
2548 \f
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2550 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2551 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2552 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2553 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2554 ;;;;;; (18825 40643))
2555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2556 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2557 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2558 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2559 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2560
2561 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2562 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2563
2564 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2565
2566 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2567 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2568 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2569 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2570 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2571 else the global value will be modified.
2572
2573 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2574
2575 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2576 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2577 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2578 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2579 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2580 else the global value will be modified.
2581
2582 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2583
2584 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2585 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2586 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2587
2588 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2591 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2592 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2593 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2594
2595 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2596 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2597 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2598 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2599 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2600 before scanning it.
2601
2602 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2603 that already has a `.elc' file.
2604
2605 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2606 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2607
2608 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2609 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2610 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2611 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2612 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2613 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2614
2615 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2616
2617 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2618 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2619 Print the result in the echo area.
2620 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2621
2622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2623
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2625 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2626 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2627
2628 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2629
2630 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2631 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2632 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2633 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2634 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2635 all functions called by those functions.
2636
2637 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2638 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2639 cons, etc.).
2640
2641 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2642 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2643 invoked interactively.
2644
2645 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2648 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2649 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2650 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2651
2652 \(fn)" nil nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2655 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2656 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2657 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2658 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2659 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2660 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2661 already up-to-date.
2662
2663 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2664
2665 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2666 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2667 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2668 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2669
2670 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2671 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2672 and corresponding effects.
2673
2674 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2675
2676 ;;;***
2677 \f
2678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18787
2679 ;;;;;; 48920))
2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2681
2682 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2683
2684 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2685
2686 ;;;***
2687 \f
2688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18991 49069))
2689 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2690
2691 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2692
2693 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2694
2695 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2702
2703 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2704 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2705 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2706 from the cursor position.
2707
2708 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2709
2710 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2711
2712 ;;;***
2713 \f
2714 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2715 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2716 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2717 ;;;;;; (18934 26356))
2718 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2719
2720 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2721 File in which to record permanent settings.")
2722
2723 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2724 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2725
2726 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2727 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2728
2729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2730
2731 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2732 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2733
2734 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2735
2736 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2737 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2738
2739 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2742 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2743
2744 \(fn)" t nil)
2745
2746 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2747 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2748 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2749 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2750
2751 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2752
2753 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2754 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2755 This is most useful in the X window system.
2756 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2757 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2758
2759 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2760
2761 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2762 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2763 See calc-keypad for details.
2764
2765 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2766
2767 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2768 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2769
2770 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2771
2772 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2773 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2774
2775 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2778 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2779
2780 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2781
2782 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2783 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2784 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2785
2786 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2789 Define Calc function.
2790
2791 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2792 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2793 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2794
2795 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2796 actual Lisp function name.
2797
2798 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2799
2800 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2801
2802 ;;;***
2803 \f
2804 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18787
2805 ;;;;;; 48911))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2807
2808 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2809 Run the Emacs calculator.
2810 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2811
2812 \(fn)" t nil)
2813
2814 ;;;***
2815 \f
2816 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18862
2817 ;;;;;; 237))
2818 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2819
2820 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2821 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2822 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2823 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2824 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2825 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2826
2827 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2828 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2829 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2830 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2831 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2832 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2833 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2834 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2835 window.
2836
2837 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2838 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2839
2840 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2841 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2842 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2843 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2844 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2845 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2846
2847 Runs the following hooks:
2848
2849 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2850 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2851 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2852 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2853
2854 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2855
2856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859 \f
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2861 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18787 48925))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2863
2864 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2865 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2866
2867 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2868
2869 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2870 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2871 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2872 it fails.
2873
2874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2875
2876 ;;;***
2877 \f
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2879 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2881
2882 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2883 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2884
2885 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2886 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2887 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2888 restriction to ASCII.
2889
2890 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2891
2892 capitalizedWorDD
2893 ^ ^ ^^
2894
2895 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2896 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2897 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2898
2899 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2900 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2901 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2902 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2903 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2904 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2905 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2906
2907 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2908 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2909
2910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2911
2912 ;;;***
2913 \f
2914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18787
2915 ;;;;;; 48934))
2916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2917 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2918
2919 ;;;***
2920 \f
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2922 ;;;;;; (18848 16181))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2924
2925 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2926 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2927
2928 \(fn)" nil nil)
2929
2930 ;;;***
2931 \f
2932 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2933 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2934 ;;;;;; (18963 23682))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2936
2937 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2938 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2939 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2940 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2941 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2942 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2943 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2944
2945 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2946
2947 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2948 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2949 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2950 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2951 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2952 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2953 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2954 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2955 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2956 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2957
2958 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2959 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2960 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2961 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2962 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2963 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2964
2965 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2966
2967 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2968 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2969
2970 Key bindings:
2971 \\{c-mode-map}
2972
2973 \(fn)" t nil)
2974
2975 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2976 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2977
2978 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2979 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2980 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2981 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2982 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2983 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2984 message.
2985
2986 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2987
2988 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2989 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2990
2991 Key bindings:
2992 \\{c++-mode-map}
2993
2994 \(fn)" t nil)
2995
2996 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2997 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
2999
3000 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3001 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3002 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3003 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3004 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3005 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3006 message.
3007
3008 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3009
3010 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3011 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3012
3013 Key bindings:
3014 \\{objc-mode-map}
3015
3016 \(fn)" t nil)
3017
3018 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3019 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3020 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3021
3022 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing Java code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 message.
3029
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3031
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3034
3035 Key bindings:
3036 \\{java-mode-map}
3037
3038 \(fn)" t nil)
3039
3040 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3043
3044 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 message.
3051
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3053
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3056
3057 Key bindings:
3058 \\{idl-mode-map}
3059
3060 \(fn)" t nil)
3061
3062 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3065 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3066
3067 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3068 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3069 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3070 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3071 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3072 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3073 message.
3074
3075 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3076
3077 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3078 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3079
3080 Key bindings:
3081 \\{pike-mode-map}
3082
3083 \(fn)" t nil)
3084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3085 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3086 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3087 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3088 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3089 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3090
3091 ;;;***
3092 \f
3093 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18794 5654))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3096
3097 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3098 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3099 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3100 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3101
3102 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3103
3104 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3105 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3106 might get set too.
3107
3108 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3109 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3110 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3111 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3112 way.
3113
3114 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3115 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3116 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3117 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3118 a null operation.
3119
3120 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3121
3122 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3123 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3124 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3125 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3126
3127 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3128
3129 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3130 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3131 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3132
3133 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3134
3135 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3136 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3137 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3138 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3139 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3140
3141 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3142
3143 ;;;***
3144 \f
3145 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3146 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3150 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3151 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3152 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3153 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3154 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3155 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3156 Here are some examples:
3157
3158 Nomenclature Subwords
3159 ===========================================================
3160 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3161 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3162 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3163
3164 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3165 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3166 as words.
3167
3168 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3169
3170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3171
3172 ;;;***
3173 \f
3174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18937 47935))
3175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3176 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3177 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3178 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3179
3180 ;;;***
3181 \f
3182 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3183 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3184 ;;;;;; (18878 26805))
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3186
3187 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3188 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3189
3190 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3191
3192 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3193 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3194
3195 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3196
3197 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3198 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3199
3200 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3201 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3202 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3203 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3204 execution.
3205
3206 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3207
3208 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3209
3210 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3211 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3212
3213 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3214 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3215 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3216 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3217
3218 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3219 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3220 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3221 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3222 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3223 `write' commands.
3224
3225 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3226 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3227 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3228 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3229
3230 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3231 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3232 semantics.
3233
3234 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3235
3236 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3237
3238 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3239
3240 STATEMENT :=
3241 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3242 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3243
3244 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3245 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3246 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3247 | integer
3248
3249 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3250
3251 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3252 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3253 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3254
3255 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3256 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3257 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3258
3259 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3260 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3261
3262 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3263 BREAK := (break)
3264
3265 REPEAT :=
3266 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3267 (repeat)
3268 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3269 ;; (repeat))
3270 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3271 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3272 ;; (read REG)
3273 ;; (repeat))
3274 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3275 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3276 ;; (read REG)
3277 ;; (repeat))
3278 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3279
3280 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3281 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3282 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3283 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3284 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3285 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3286 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3287 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3288 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3289 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3290 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3291 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3292 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3293 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3294 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3295 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3296
3297 WRITE :=
3298 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3299 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3300 ;; representation.
3301 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3302 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3303 ;; (write r7))
3304 | (write EXPRESSION)
3305 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3306 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3307 ;; representation.
3308 | (write integer)
3309 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3310 ;; buffer.
3311 | (write string)
3312 ;; Same as: (write string)
3313 | string
3314 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3315 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3316 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3317 ;; representation.
3318 | (write REG ARRAY)
3319 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3320 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3321 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3322 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3323 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3324 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3325
3326 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3327 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3328
3329 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3330 END := (end)
3331
3332 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3333 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3334 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3335
3336 ARG := REG | integer
3337
3338 OPERATOR :=
3339 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3340 + | - | * | / | %
3341
3342 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3343 | & | `|' | ^
3344
3345 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3346 | << | >>
3347
3348 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3349 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3350 | <8
3351
3352 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3353 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3354 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3355 | >8
3356
3357 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3358 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3359 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3360 | //
3361
3362 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3363 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3364
3365 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3366 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3369 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3370 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3371 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3372 | de-sjis
3373
3374 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3375 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3376 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3379 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3380 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3381 ;; byte of SJIS.
3382 | en-sjis
3383
3384 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3385 ;; Same meaning as C code
3386 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3387
3388 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3389 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3390 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3391 | <8=
3392
3393 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3394 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3395 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3396
3397 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3398 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3399 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3400 | //=
3401
3402 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3403
3404
3405 TRANSLATE :=
3406 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3407 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3408 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3409 LOOKUP :=
3410 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3411 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3412 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3413 MAP :=
3414 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3415 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3416 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3417 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3418 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3419 MAP-ID := integer
3420
3421 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3422
3423 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3424 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3425 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3426 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3427 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3428 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3429
3430 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3431
3432 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3433 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3434 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3435
3436 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3437
3438 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3439
3440 ;;;***
3441 \f
3442 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3443 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3445
3446 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3447 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3448 There are no special keybindings by default.
3449
3450 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3451 to the action header.
3452
3453 \(fn)" t nil)
3454
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3458 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18787 48921))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3460
3461 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3462 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3463 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3464
3465 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3466
3467 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3468 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3469 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3470 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3471 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3472
3473 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3474
3475 ;;;***
3476 \f
3477 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3478 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3479 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3480 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3481 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3482 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3483 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3484 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3485 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3487 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3488 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3489
3490 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3491 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3492 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3493 the users will view as each check is completed.
3494
3495 \(fn)" t nil)
3496
3497 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3498 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3499 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3500 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3501 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3502 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3503 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3504 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3505
3506 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3507
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3509 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3510 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3511 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3512 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3513 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3514 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3515 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3516
3517 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3518
3519 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3520 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3521 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3522 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3523 spacing are all verified.
3524
3525 \(fn)" t nil)
3526
3527 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3528 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3529 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3530 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3531 otherwise stop after the first error.
3532
3533 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3534
3535 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3536 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3537 Only documentation strings are checked.
3538 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3539 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3540 a separate buffer.
3541
3542 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3543
3544 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3545 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3546 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3547 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3548 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3549
3550 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3551
3552 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3553 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3554 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3555 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3556 if there is one.
3557
3558 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3559
3560 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3561 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3562 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3563 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3564 if there is one.
3565 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3566
3567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3568
3569 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3570 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3571 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3572
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3574
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3576 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3577 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3578 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3579 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3580
3581 \(fn)" t nil)
3582
3583 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3584 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3585 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3586 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3587 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3588 space at the end of each line.
3589
3590 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3591
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3593 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3594 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3595 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3596
3597 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3598
3599 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3600 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3601 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3602 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3603
3604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3605
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3607 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3608 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3609 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3610
3611 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3612
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3617
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3619
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3624
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3626
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3631
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3633
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3638
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3640
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3645
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3647
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3652
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3654
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3656 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3657 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3658 turn it off.
3659
3660 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3661 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3662 checking of documentation strings.
3663
3664 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3665
3666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3667
3668 ;;;***
3669 \f
3670 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3671 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3672 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18787 48928))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3674
3675 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3676 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3677 Return the length of resulting text.
3678
3679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3680
3681 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3682 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3683
3684 \(fn)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3687 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3688 Return the length of resulting text.
3689
3690 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3691
3692 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3693 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3694
3695 \(fn)" t nil)
3696
3697 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3698 Not documented
3699
3700 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3701
3702 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3703 Not documented
3704
3705 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3706
3707 ;;;***
3708 \f
3709 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3710 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18787 48911))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3712
3713 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3714 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3715 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3716 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3717 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3718 editing and the result is evaluated.
3719
3720 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3721
3722 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3723 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3724 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3725 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3726 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3727
3728 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3729
3730 \(fn)" t nil)
3731
3732 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3733 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3734 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3735 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3736 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3737
3738 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3739 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3740 \\{command-history-map}
3741
3742 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3743 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3744
3745 \(fn)" t nil)
3746
3747 ;;;***
3748 \f
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18787 48921))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3751
3752 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3753 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3754 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3755 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3756 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3757 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3758
3759 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3760 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3761
3762 ;;;***
3763 \f
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3765 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3767
3768 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3769 Not documented
3770
3771 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3772
3773 ;;;***
3774 \f
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3776 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3778
3779 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3780 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3781 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3782 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3783
3784 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3785 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3786 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3787 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3788
3789 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3790 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3791
3792 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3793
3794 ;;;***
3795 \f
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18825
3797 ;;;;;; 40643))
3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3799
3800 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3801 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3802 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3803 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3804 of `scheme-program-name').
3805 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3806 it is given as initial input.
3807 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3808 discards input when it starts up.
3809 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3810 is run).
3811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3812
3813 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3814 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3815
3816 ;;;***
3817 \f
3818 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3819 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3820 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3821 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
3822 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3823
3824 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3825 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3826 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3827 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3828 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3829 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3830 functions have already modified the buffer.
3831
3832 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3833
3834 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3835 either globally or locally.")
3836
3837 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3838
3839 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3840 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3841 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3842 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3843 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3844 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3845 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3846 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3847
3848 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3849
3850 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3851
3852 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3853 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3854 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3855 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3856 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3857 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3858 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3859 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3860
3861 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3862
3863 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3864
3865 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3866 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3867 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3868 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3869 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3870 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3871
3872 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3873
3874 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3875 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3876 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3877 directory tracking functions.")
3878
3879 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3880 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3881 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3882
3883 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3884
3885 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3888 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3889 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3890
3891 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3892
3893 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3894
3895 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3896 Send COMMAND to current process.
3897 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3898 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3899
3900 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3903 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3904 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3905 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3906
3907 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3908
3909 ;;;***
3910 \f
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18787
3912 ;;;;;; 48911))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3914
3915 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3916 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3917 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3918 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3919
3920 This command pushes the mark in each window
3921 at the prior location of point in that window.
3922 If both windows display the same buffer,
3923 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3924 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3925
3926 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3927 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3928 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3929 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3930 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3931 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3932 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3933 ignored.
3934
3935 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3936 this command work in interlaced mode:
3937 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3938 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3939 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3940
3941 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3942
3943 ;;;***
3944 \f
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3946 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3947 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3948 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
3949 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19001
3950 ;;;;;; 6801))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3952
3953 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3954 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3955
3956 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3957
3958 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
3959 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
3960 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
3961 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
3962 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
3963 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
3964 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
3965
3966 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
3967
3968 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3969 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3970
3971 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3972
3973 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3974 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3975 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3976 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3977 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3978 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3979 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3980
3981 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3982 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3983 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3984 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3985 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3986
3987 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3988 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3989 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3990 describing how the process finished.")
3991
3992 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3993 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3994 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3995 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3996 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3997
3998 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3999 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4000 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4001
4002 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4003
4004 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4005 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4006 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4007 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4008
4009 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4010
4011 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4012 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4013
4014 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4015 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4016
4017 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4018 (lambda ()
4019 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4020 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4021 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4022 (concat \"make -k \"
4023 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4024
4025 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4026 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4027
4028 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4029 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4030 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4031 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4032
4033 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4034
4035 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4036 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4037 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4038 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4039
4040 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4041 and move to the source code that caused it.
4042
4043 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4044 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4045
4046 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4047 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4048 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4049 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4050
4051 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4052 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4053 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4054 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4055
4056 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4057 kills its subprocesses.
4058
4059 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4060 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4061 to a function that generates a unique name.
4062
4063 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4064
4065 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4066 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4067 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4068 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4069
4070 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4071 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4072
4073 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4074 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4075 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4076 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4077
4078 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4079 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4080 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4081
4082 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4083
4084 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4085
4086 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4087 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4088 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4089 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4090 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4091
4092 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4093
4094 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4095
4096 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4097
4098 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4099 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4100 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4101 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4102 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4103 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4104 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4105
4106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4107
4108 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4109 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4110 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4111 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4112 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4113 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4114
4115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4116
4117 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4118 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4119 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4120
4121 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4122
4123 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4124
4125 ;;;***
4126 \f
4127 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4128 ;;;;;; (18816 31238))
4129 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4130
4131 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4132 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4133 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4136 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4137
4138 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4139
4140 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4141 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4142 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4143
4144 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4145 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4146 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4147 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4148
4149 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4150 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4151 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4152 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4153
4154 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4155 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4156 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4157 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4158
4159 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4160 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4161 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4162 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4163 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4164
4165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4166
4167 ;;;***
4168 \f
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4170 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4172
4173 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4174 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4175 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4177 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4178 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4179
4180 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4181
4182 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4183 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4184
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4186
4187 ;;;***
4188 \f
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4190 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18999
4191 ;;;;;; 41411))
4192 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4193
4194 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4195 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4196 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4197 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4198
4199 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4200
4201 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4202 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4203 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4204 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4205 Composition on.
4206
4207 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4208 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4209
4210 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4211 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4212
4213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4214
4215 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4216 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4217 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4220 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4221
4222 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4223
4224 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4225 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4226 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4227 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4228 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4229
4230 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4231
4232 ;;;***
4233 \f
4234 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4235 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4236 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4237 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4239
4240 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4241 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4242 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4243 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4244 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4245 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4246 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4247
4248 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4249 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4250 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4251
4252 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4253 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4254 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4255
4256 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4257 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4258 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4259 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4260
4261 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4262 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4263 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4264 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4265 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4266 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4267 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4268
4269 \\{conf-mode-map}
4270
4271 \(fn)" t nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4274 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4275 Comments start with `#'.
4276 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4277
4278 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4279
4280 \[Desktop Entry]
4281 Encoding=UTF-8
4282 Name=The GIMP
4283 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4284 Name[cs]=GIMP
4285
4286 \(fn)" t nil)
4287
4288 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4289 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4290 Comments start with `;'.
4291 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4292
4293 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4294
4295 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4296 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4297 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4298
4299 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4300 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4301
4302 \(fn)" t nil)
4303
4304 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4305 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4306 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4307 between `/*' and `*/'.
4308 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4309
4310 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4311 // another kind of comment
4312 /* yet another */
4313
4314 name:value
4315 name=value
4316 name value
4317 x.1 =
4318 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4319 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4320
4321 \(fn)" t nil)
4322
4323 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4324 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4325 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4326 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4327 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4328 `conf-space-keywords'.
4329 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4330 in an interactive fashion instead.
4331
4332 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4333
4334 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4335
4336 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4337 image/png png
4338 image/tiff tiff tif
4339
4340 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4341 class desktop
4342 # Standard multimedia devices
4343 add /dev/audio desktop
4344 add /dev/mixer desktop
4345
4346 \(fn)" t nil)
4347
4348 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4349 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4350 See `conf-space-mode'.
4351
4352 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4353
4354 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4355 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4356 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4357 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4358
4359 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4360
4361 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4362 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4363
4364 \(fn)" t nil)
4365
4366 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4367 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4368 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4370
4371 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4372
4373 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4374 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4375
4376 \(fn)" t nil)
4377
4378 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4379 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4380 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4381 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4382
4383 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4384
4385 *background: gray99
4386 *foreground: black
4387
4388 \(fn)" t nil)
4389
4390 ;;;***
4391 \f
4392 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4393 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18787 48933))
4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4395
4396 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4397 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4398 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4399 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4400
4401 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4402
4403 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4404 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4405 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4406 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4407
4408 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4409
4410 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4411 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4412 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4413 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4414
4415 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4416
4417 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4418 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4419
4420 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4421
4422 ;;;***
4423 \f
4424 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4425 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18844
4426 ;;;;;; 39825))
4427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4428
4429 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4430 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4431 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4432 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4433 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4434 following the copyright are updated as well.
4435 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4436 interactively.
4437
4438 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4439
4440 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4441 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4442 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4443
4444 \(fn)" t nil)
4445
4446 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4447 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4448
4449 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4450
4451 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4452 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4453
4454 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4455
4456 ;;;***
4457 \f
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4459 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18852 12908))
4460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4461 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4462 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4463 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4464 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4465 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4466 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4467 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4468
4469 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4470 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4471 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4472 Tab indents for Perl code.
4473 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4474 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4475
4476 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4477 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4478 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4479 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4480 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4481 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4482 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4483 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4484 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4485 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4486 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4487 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4488
4489 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4490
4491 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4492 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4493
4494 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4495
4496 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4497 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4498 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4499 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4500 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4501 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4502 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4503 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4504 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4505
4506 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4507
4508 bite if angry;
4509
4510 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4511 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4512 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4513 to nil.)
4514
4515 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4516 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4517 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4518
4519 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4520
4521 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4522 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4523 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4524 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4525 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4526
4527 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4528
4529 if (A) { B }
4530
4531 into
4532
4533 B if A;
4534
4535 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4536
4537 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4538 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4539 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4540 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4541 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4542 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4543 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4544 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4545 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4546 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4547 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4548 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4549 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4550
4551 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4552 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4553 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4554 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4555 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4556 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4557
4558 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4559 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4560 man via menu.
4561
4562 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4563 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4564 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4565 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4566 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4567
4568 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4569 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4570 span the needed amount of lines.
4571
4572 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4573 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4574 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4575 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4576
4577 Variables controlling indentation style:
4578 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4579 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4580 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4581 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4582 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4583 `cperl-auto-newline'
4584 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4585 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4586 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4587 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4588 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4589 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4590 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4591 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4592 `cperl-indent-level'
4593 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4594 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4595 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4596 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4597 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4598 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4599 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4600 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4601 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4602 `cperl-brace-offset'
4603 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4604 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4605 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4606 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4607 `cperl-label-offset'
4608 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4609 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4610 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4611
4612 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4613 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4614 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4615 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4616 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4617 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4618
4619 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4620 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4621 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4622 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4623
4624 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4625 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4626 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4627 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4628 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4629 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4630
4631 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4632 column 0 is indented on
4633 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4634
4635 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4636 with no args.
4637
4638 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4639 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4640 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4641
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4643
4644 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4645 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4646
4647 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4648
4649 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4650 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4651
4652 \(fn)" t nil)
4653
4654 ;;;***
4655 \f
4656 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4657 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
4658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4659
4660 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4661 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4662 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4663 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4664 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4665
4666 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4667
4668 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4669 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4670
4671 \(fn)" t nil)
4672
4673 ;;;***
4674 \f
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4676 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4678
4679 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4680 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4681 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4682 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4683
4684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4685 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4686
4687 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4688
4689 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4690 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4691 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4692
4693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4694
4695 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4696
4697 ;;;***
4698 \f
4699 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4700 ;;;;;; (18877 40947))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4702
4703 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4704 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4705 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4706 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4707
4708 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4709 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4710 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4711 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4712
4713 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4714 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4715 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4716
4717 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4718 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4719 'bob', and 'eve'.
4720
4721 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4722 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4723 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4724
4725 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4726
4727 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4728 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4729 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4730
4731 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4732
4733 ;;;***
4734 \f
4735 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4736 ;;;;;; 56787))
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4738 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4739
4740 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4741 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4742
4743 \(fn)" t nil)
4744
4745 ;;;***
4746 \f
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4748 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4750
4751 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4752 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4753 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4756 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4757
4758 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4759
4760 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4761 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4762 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4763 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4764 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4765
4766 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4767 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4768 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4769 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4770 function of these prefix keys.
4771
4772 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4773 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4774 options:
4775 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4776 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4777 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4778
4779 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4780 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4781 the prefix fallback behavior.
4782
4783 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4784 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4785 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4786 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4787
4788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4789
4790 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4791 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4792
4793 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4794
4795 ;;;***
4796 \f
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4798 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4799 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4800 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4801 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4802 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4803 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4804 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4805 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4806 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4807 ;;;;;; (18844 39825))
4808 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4809
4810 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4811 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4812
4813 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4814
4815 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4816 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4817
4818 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4819
4820 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4821 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4822
4823 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4824 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4825
4826 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4827 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4828
4829 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4830 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4831
4832 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4833 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4834
4835 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4836
4837 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4838
4839 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4840 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4841 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4842
4843 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4844 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4845
4846 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4847 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4848
4849 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4850 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4851
4852 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4853
4854 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4855
4856 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4857 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4858 Return VALUE.
4859
4860 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4861 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4862
4863 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4864 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4865
4866 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4867 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4868
4869 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4870
4871 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4872
4873 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4874 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4875 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4876 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4877 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4878
4879 \(fn)" t nil)
4880
4881 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4882 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4883 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4884 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4885
4886 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4887
4888 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4889 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4890
4891 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4892
4893 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4894 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4895
4896 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4897
4898 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4899
4900 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4901 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4902
4903 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4904
4905 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4906
4907 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4908 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4909 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4910
4911 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4912
4913 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4914 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4915 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4916 as part of Emacs itself.
4917
4918 Each elements looks like this:
4919
4920 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4921
4922 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4923 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4924 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4925 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4926 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4927 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4928 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4929 and `defface'.
4930
4931 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4932
4933 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4934 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4935 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4936 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4937 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4938
4939 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4940 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4941 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4942 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4943
4944 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4945
4946 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4948 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4949 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4950 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4951
4952 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4953 that were added or redefined since that version.
4954
4955 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4956
4957 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4958 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4959 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4960 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4961
4962 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4963 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4964
4965 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4966
4967 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4968 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4969 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4970
4971 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4972 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4973
4974 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4975
4976 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4977 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4978
4979 \(fn)" t nil)
4980
4981 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4982 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4983
4984 \(fn)" t nil)
4985
4986 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4987 Customize all already saved user options.
4988
4989 \(fn)" t nil)
4990
4991 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4992 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4993 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4994 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4995 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4996 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4997 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4998 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
4999
5000 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5001
5002 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5003 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5004 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5005 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5006
5007 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5008
5009 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5010 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5011
5012 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5015 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5016
5017 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5018
5019 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5020 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5021 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5022 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5023 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5024 that option.
5025
5026 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5027
5028 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5029 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5030 The result includes selecting that window.
5031 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5032 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5033 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5034 that option.
5035
5036 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5037
5038 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5039 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5040
5041 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5042
5043 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5044 File used for storing customization information.
5045 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5046 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5047 it should be an absolute file name.
5048
5049 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5050 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5051 something like the following in your init file:
5052
5053 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5054 \(load custom-file)
5055
5056 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5057 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5058
5059 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5060 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5061 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5062 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5063 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5064
5065 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5066 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5067 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5068 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5069 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5070 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5071 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5072 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5073 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5074 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5075
5076 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5077
5078 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5079 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5080
5081 \(fn)" nil nil)
5082
5083 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5084 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5085
5086 \(fn)" t nil)
5087
5088 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5089 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5090 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5091
5092 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5093
5094 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5095 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5096 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5097 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5098 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5099
5100 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5101
5102 ;;;***
5103 \f
5104 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5105 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5107
5108 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5109 Create a custom theme.
5110
5111 \(fn)" t nil)
5112
5113 ;;;***
5114 \f
5115 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5116 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5117 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5118
5119 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5120 Mode used for cvs status output.
5121
5122 \(fn)" t nil)
5123
5124 ;;;***
5125 \f
5126 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5127 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18787 48934))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5129
5130 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5131 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5132
5133 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5134 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5135 C++ modes are included.
5136
5137 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5138
5139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5140
5141 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5142 Turn on CWarn mode.
5143
5144 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5145 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5146
5147 \(fn)" nil nil)
5148
5149 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5150 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5151 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5154 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5155
5156 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5157
5158 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5159 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5160 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5161 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5162 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5163
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5165
5166 ;;;***
5167 \f
5168 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5169 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5170 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
5171 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5172
5173 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5174 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5175
5176 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5177
5178 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5179 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5180
5181 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5182
5183 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5184 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5185 For readability, the table is slightly
5186 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5187
5188 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5189 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5190 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5191 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5192 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5193
5194 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5195
5196 ;;;***
5197 \f
5198 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5199 ;;;;;; (18799 16230))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5201 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5202 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5203
5204 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5205 Completion on current word.
5206 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5207 and presents suggestions for completion.
5208
5209 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5210 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5211 completions.
5212
5213 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5214 then it searches *all* buffers.
5215
5216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5217
5218 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5219 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5220
5221 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5222 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5223 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5224 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5225 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5226
5227 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5228 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5229
5230 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5231 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5232 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5233
5234 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5235 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5236
5237 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5238
5239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5240
5241 ;;;***
5242 \f
5243 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18816
5244 ;;;;;; 36020))
5245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5246
5247 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5248 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5249 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5250 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5251 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5252
5253 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5254
5255 ;;;***
5256 \f
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18787
5258 ;;;;;; 48934))
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5260
5261 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5262 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5263
5264 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5265 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5266 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5267
5268 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5269 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5270 Data lines are not indented.
5271
5272 Key bindings:
5273
5274 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5275 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5276
5277 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5278 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5279 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5280 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5281
5282 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5283
5284 dcl-basic-offset
5285 Extra indentation within blocks.
5286
5287 dcl-continuation-offset
5288 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5289
5290 dcl-margin-offset
5291 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5292
5293 dcl-margin-label-offset
5294 Indentation for a label.
5295
5296 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5297 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5298
5299 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5300 dcl-block-end-regexp
5301 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5302 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5303 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5304 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5305 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5306
5307 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5308 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5309 Two such functions are included in the package:
5310 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5311 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5312
5313 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5314 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5315 One such function is included in the package:
5316 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5317
5318 dcl-tab-always-indent
5319 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5320 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5321 margin.
5322
5323 dcl-electric-characters
5324 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5325 typed.
5326
5327 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5328 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5329 which words trigger electric indentation.
5330
5331 dcl-tempo-comma
5332 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5333 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5334 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5335
5336 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5337 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5338 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5339 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5340
5341 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5342 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5343 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5344 dcl-imenu-label-call
5345 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5346
5347 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5348 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5349 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5350 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5351
5352
5353 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5354
5355 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5356 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5357 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5358 $ i = 1
5359 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5360 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5361 $ label:
5362 $ if i.eq.1
5363 $ then
5364 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5365 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5366 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5367 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5368 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5369 \"lined up with the command line\"
5370 $ type sys$input
5371 Data lines are not indented at all.
5372 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5373 $ endif
5374 $
5375
5376
5377 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5378 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5379
5380 \(fn)" t nil)
5381
5382 ;;;***
5383 \f
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5385 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18787 48921))
5386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5387
5388 (setq debugger 'debug)
5389
5390 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5391 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5392 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5393 of the evaluator.
5394
5395 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5396 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5397 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5398
5399 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5400
5401 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5402 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5403
5404 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5405
5406 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5407 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5408 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5409 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5410 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5411 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5412
5413 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5414 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5415
5416 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5417
5418 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5419 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5420 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5421 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5422 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5423
5424 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5425
5426 ;;;***
5427 \f
5428 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5429 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
5430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5431
5432 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5433 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5434
5435 \(fn)" t nil)
5436
5437 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5438 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5439 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5440 Upper-case letters are commands.
5441
5442 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5443 modify it.
5444
5445 The most useful commands are:
5446 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5447 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5448 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5449 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5450 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5451 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5452
5453 \(fn)" t nil)
5454
5455 ;;;***
5456 \f
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5458 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18787
5459 ;;;;;; 48912))
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5461
5462 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5463 Customization of `columns' group.
5464
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5466
5467 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5468 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5469
5470 START and END delimits the text region.
5471
5472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5473
5474 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5475 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5476
5477 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5478
5479 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5480
5481 ;;;***
5482 \f
5483 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18787
5484 ;;;;;; 48934))
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5486
5487 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5488 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5489 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5490 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5491 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5492 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5493
5494 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5495
5496 Customization:
5497
5498 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5499 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5500 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5501 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5502 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5503 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5504 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5505 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5506 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5507 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5508 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5509 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5510 blank line.
5511 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5512 Directories to search when finding external units.
5513 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5514 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5515
5516 Coloring:
5517
5518 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5519 Face used to color delphi comments.
5520 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5521 Face used to color delphi strings.
5522 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5523 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5524 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5525 Face used to color everything else.
5526
5527 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5528 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5529
5530 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5531
5532 ;;;***
5533 \f
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18787
5535 ;;;;;; 48912))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5537
5538 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5539
5540 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5541 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5542 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5545 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5546
5547 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5548
5549 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5550 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5551 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5552 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5553
5554 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5555 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5556 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5557 any selection.
5558
5559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5560
5561 ;;;***
5562 \f
5563 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5564 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18787 48921))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5566
5567 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5568 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5569
5570 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5571
5572 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5573 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5574 or nil if there is no parent.
5575 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5576 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5577 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5578 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5579 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5580
5581 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5582 arguments are currently understood:
5583 :group GROUP
5584 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5585 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5586 :syntax-table TABLE
5587 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5588 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5589 :abbrev-table TABLE
5590 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5591 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5592
5593 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5594
5595 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5596
5597 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5598 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5599 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5600
5601 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5602 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5603
5604 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5605 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5606 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5607
5608 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5609 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5610
5611 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5612 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5613
5614 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5615
5616 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5617
5618 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5619 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5620 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5621 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5622 the first time the mode is used.
5623
5624 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5625
5626 ;;;***
5627 \f
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5629 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18906 41485))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5631
5632 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5633 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5634 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5635 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5636 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5637 otherwise.
5638
5639 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5640
5641 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5642 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5643 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5644 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5645 character composition information (if relevant),
5646 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5647
5648 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5649
5650 ;;;***
5651 \f
5652 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5653 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5654 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5655 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18886 63158))
5656 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5657
5658 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5659 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5660 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5661
5662 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5663
5664 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5665 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5666 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5667 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5668 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5669 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5670
5671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5672
5673 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5674 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5675 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5676 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5677
5678 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5679
5680 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5681 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5682 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5683
5684 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5685 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5686 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5687
5688 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5689 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5690
5691 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5692 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5693 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5694
5695 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5696 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5697 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5698 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5699
5700 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5701
5702 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5703 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5704
5705 Handlers are called with argument list
5706
5707 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5708
5709 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5710
5711 desktop-file-version
5712 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5713 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5714 desktop-buffer-point
5715 desktop-buffer-mark
5716 desktop-buffer-read-only
5717 desktop-buffer-locals
5718
5719 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5720 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5721
5722 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5723 code like
5724
5725 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5726 ...
5727 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5728 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5729
5730 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5731
5732 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5733
5734 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5735 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5736 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5737 List elements must have the form
5738
5739 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5740
5741 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5742 function.
5743
5744 Handlers are called with argument list
5745
5746 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5747
5748 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5749
5750 desktop-file-version
5751 desktop-buffer-file-name
5752 desktop-buffer-name
5753 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5754 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5755 desktop-buffer-point
5756 desktop-buffer-mark
5757 desktop-buffer-read-only
5758 desktop-buffer-misc
5759
5760 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5761 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5762 created and set.
5763
5764 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5765 code like
5766
5767 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5768 ...
5769 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5770 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5771
5772 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5773
5774 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5775
5776 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5777
5778 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5779 Empty the Desktop.
5780 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5781 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5782 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5783
5784 \(fn)" t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5787 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5788 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5789 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5790 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5791
5792 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5793
5794 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5795 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5796 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5797
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5799
5800 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5801 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5802 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5803 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5804 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5805 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5806 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5807 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5808
5809 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5810
5811 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5812 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5813 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5814
5815 \(fn)" nil nil)
5816
5817 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5818 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5819 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5820 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5821 directory DIRNAME.
5822
5823 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5824
5825 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5826 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5827
5828 \(fn)" t nil)
5829
5830 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5831 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5832
5833 \(fn)" t nil)
5834
5835 ;;;***
5836 \f
5837 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5838 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5839 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18794 5654))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5841
5842 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5843 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5844 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5845 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5846 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5847 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5848
5849 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5850
5851 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5852 Repair a broken attribution line.
5853 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5854
5855 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5856
5857 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5858 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5859 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5860 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5861
5862 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5863
5864 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5865 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5866
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5868
5869 ;;;***
5870 \f
5871 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5872 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18901 14441))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5874
5875 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5876 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5877 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5878 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5879 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5880
5881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5882
5883 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5884 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5885 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5886 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5887
5888 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5889 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5890 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5891 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5892
5893 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5894 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5895
5896 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5897 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5898 calendar-date-style 'european
5899 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5900
5901 \(diary-mail-entries)
5902
5903 # diary-rem.el ends here
5904
5905 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5906
5907 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5908 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5909
5910 \(fn)" t nil)
5911
5912 ;;;***
5913 \f
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5915 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18794 5653))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5917
5918 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5919 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5920
5921 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5922
5923 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5924 The command to use to run diff.")
5925
5926 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5927
5928 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5929 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5930 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5931 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5932 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5933 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5934
5935 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5936 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5937 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5938
5939 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5940
5941 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5942 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5943 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5944 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5945 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5946 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5947
5948 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5949
5950 ;;;***
5951 \f
5952 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5953 ;;;;;; (18926 29402))
5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5955
5956 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5957 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5958 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5959 normal diffs.
5960
5961 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5962 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5963 headers for you on-the-fly.
5964
5965 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5966 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5967 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5968
5969 \\{diff-mode-map}
5970
5971 \(fn)" t nil)
5972
5973 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5974 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5975 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5976
5977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5978
5979 ;;;***
5980 \f
5981 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5982 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5983 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5984 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5985 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18958 9095))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5987
5988 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5989 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5990 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5991 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5992 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5993 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5994 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5995 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5996
5997 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5998
5999 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6000 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6001
6002 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6003 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6004 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6005 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6006 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6007
6008 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6009 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6010
6011 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6012 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6013 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6014 always set this variable to t.")
6015
6016 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6017
6018 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6019 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6020 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6021 A value of t means move to first file.")
6022
6023 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6024
6025 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6026 Controls marking of renamed files.
6027 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6028 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6029 are afterward marked with that character.")
6030
6031 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6032
6033 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6034 Controls marking of copied files.
6035 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6036 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6037
6038 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6039
6040 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6041 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6042 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6043 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6044
6045 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6046
6047 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6048 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6049 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6050 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6051
6052 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6053
6054 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6055 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6056 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6057 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6058
6059 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6060
6061 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6062
6063 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6064 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6065 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6066
6067 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6068
6069 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6070 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6071 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6072 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6073 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6074 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6075
6076 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6077 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6078 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6079 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6080 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6081 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6082 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6083 list of files to make directory entries for.
6084 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6085 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6086 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6087 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6088
6089 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6090
6091 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6092 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6093
6094 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6095 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6096
6097 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6098 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6099
6100 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6101 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6102
6103 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6104
6105 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6106 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6107
6108 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6109
6110 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6111 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6112 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6113 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6114 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6115 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6116 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6117 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6118 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6119 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6120 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6121 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6122 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6123 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6124 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6125 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6126 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6127 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6128 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6129 to see why something went wrong.
6130 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6131 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6132 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6133 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6134 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6135 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6136 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6137 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6138 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6139 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6140 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6141 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6142 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6143
6144 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6145 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6146 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6147 again for the directory tree.
6148
6149 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6150 for more info):
6151
6152 `dired-listing-switches'
6153 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6154 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6155 `dired-marker-char'
6156 `dired-del-marker'
6157 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6158 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6159 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6160 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6161
6162 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6163
6164 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6165 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6166 `dired-mode-hook'
6167 `dired-load-hook'
6168
6169 Keybindings:
6170 \\{dired-mode-map}
6171
6172 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6173 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6174
6175 ;;;***
6176 \f
6177 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6178 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6179 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6180 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6181 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6182 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6183 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6184 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6185 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6186 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6187 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6188 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6189 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6190 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6191 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6192 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18905 22708))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6194
6195 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6196 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6197 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6198 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6199 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6200 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6201 which is options for `diff'.
6202
6203 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6204
6205 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6206 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6207 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6208 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6209 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6210 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6211
6212 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6215 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6216 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6217 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6218 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6219 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6220 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6221
6222 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6223
6224 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6225 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6226 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6227 returned by function `file-attributes'
6228
6229 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6230 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6231
6232 Examples of PREDICATE:
6233
6234 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6235 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6236 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6237 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6238 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6239
6240 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6241
6242 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6243 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6244 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6245
6246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6247
6248 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6249 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6250
6251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6252
6253 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6254 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6255
6256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6257
6258 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6259 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6260 This calls touch.
6261
6262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6265 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6266 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6267 `lpr-switches' as default.
6268
6269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6272 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6273 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6274 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6275 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6276
6277 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6278 with a prefix argument.
6279
6280 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6281
6282 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6283 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6284
6285 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6286 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6287 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6288
6289 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6292 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6293 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6294 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6295 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6296
6297 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6298 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6299
6300 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6301 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6302 file name substituted for `?'.
6303
6304 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6305 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6306
6307 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6308 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6309 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6310 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6311
6312 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6313
6314 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6315 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6316 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6317
6318 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6319 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6320 in a subdir.
6321
6322 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6323 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6324 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6325
6326 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6327
6328 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6329 Not documented
6330
6331 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6332
6333 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6334 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6335 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6336 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6337 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6338 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6339 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6340 from the buffer as well.
6341 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6342 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6343 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6344
6345 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6346
6347 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6348 Not documented
6349
6350 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6351
6352 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6353 Not documented
6354
6355 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6356
6357 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6358 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6359
6360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6361
6362 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6363 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6364
6365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6366
6367 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6368 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6369
6370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6371
6372 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6373 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6374 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6375 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6376
6377 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6378 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6379 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6380 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6381 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6382 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6383 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6384
6385 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6386
6387 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6388 Not documented
6389
6390 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6391
6392 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6393 Not documented
6394
6395 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6396
6397 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6398 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6399
6400 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6401
6402 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6403 Not documented
6404
6405 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6406
6407 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6408 Not documented
6409
6410 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6411
6412 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6413 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6414
6415 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6416
6417 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6418 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6419 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6420 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6421 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6422 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6423 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6424 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6425 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6426
6427 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6428 like `cp -d'.
6429
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6431
6432 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6433 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6434 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6435 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6436 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6437 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6438 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6439 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6440
6441 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6442
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6444
6445 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6446 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6447 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6448 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6449 and new hard links are made in that directory
6450 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6451 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6452 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6453
6454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6455
6456 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6457 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6458 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6459 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6460 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6461 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6462 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6463
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6465
6466 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6467 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6468
6469 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6470 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6471 file if none are marked.
6472
6473 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6474 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6475 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6476 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6477
6478 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6479 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6480
6481 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6482
6483 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6484 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6485 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6486
6487 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6488
6489 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6490 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6491 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6492
6493 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6494
6495 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6496 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6497 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6498
6499 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6500
6501 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6502 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6503
6504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6505
6506 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6507 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6508
6509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6510
6511 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6512 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6513 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6514 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6515 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6516 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6517 this subdirectory.
6518 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6519
6520 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6521 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6522 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6523 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6524 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6525 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6526 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6527
6528 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6529
6530 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6531 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6532 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6533 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6534 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6535 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6536 this subdirectory.
6537 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6538
6539 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6540
6541 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6542 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6543 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6544
6545 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6548 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6549 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6550 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6551
6552 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6553
6554 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6555 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6556 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6557 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6558
6559 \(fn)" t nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6562 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6563 Lower levels are unaffected.
6564
6565 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6568 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6569
6570 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6571
6572 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6573 Go down in the dired tree.
6574
6575 \(fn)" t nil)
6576
6577 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6578 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6579 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6580 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6581
6582 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6583
6584 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6585 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6586 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6587 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6588
6589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6590
6591 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6592 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6593 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6594
6595 \(fn)" nil nil)
6596
6597 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6598 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6599
6600 \(fn)" t nil)
6601
6602 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6603 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6604
6605 \(fn)" t nil)
6606
6607 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6608 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6609
6610 \(fn)" t nil)
6611
6612 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6613 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6614
6615 \(fn)" t nil)
6616
6617 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6618 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6619 Stops when a match is found.
6620 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6621
6622 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6623
6624 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6625 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6626 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6627 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6628 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6629
6630 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6631
6632 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6633 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6634 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6635 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6636
6637 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6638
6639 ;;;***
6640 \f
6641 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6642 ;;;;;; (18853 19459))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6644
6645 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6646 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6647 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6648 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6649 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6650 buffer and try again.
6651
6652 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6653
6654 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6655 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6656 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6657 This creates relative symbolic links like
6658
6659 foo -> ../bar/foo
6660
6661 not absolute ones like
6662
6663 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6664
6665 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6666
6667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6668
6669 ;;;***
6670 \f
6671 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6672 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
6673 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6674
6675 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6676 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6677 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6678 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6679 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6680 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6681 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6682
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6684
6685 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6686 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6687 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6688
6689 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6690
6691 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6692 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6693
6694 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6695
6696 ;;;***
6697 \f
6698 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18787
6699 ;;;;;; 48921))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6701
6702 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6703 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6704 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6705 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6706 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6707 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6708
6709 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6710
6711 ;;;***
6712 \f
6713 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6714 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6715 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6716 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6717 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6718 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18787 48912))
6719 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6720
6721 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6722 Return a new, empty display table.
6723
6724 \(fn)" nil nil)
6725
6726 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6727 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6728 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6729 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6730 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6731
6732 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6733
6734 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6735 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6736 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6737 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6738 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6739
6740 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6741
6742 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6743 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6744
6745 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6746
6747 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6748 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6749
6750 \(fn)" t nil)
6751
6752 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6753 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6754
6755 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6756
6757 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6758 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6759
6760 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6761
6762 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6763 Display character C using printable string S.
6764
6765 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6766
6767 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6768 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6769 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6770 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6771
6772 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6773
6774 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6775 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6776 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6777 X frame.
6778
6779 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6780
6781 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6782 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6783
6784 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6785
6786 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6787 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6788
6789 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6790
6791 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6792 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6793
6794 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6795
6796 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6797 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6798
6799 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6800
6801 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6802 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6803
6804 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6805
6806 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6807 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6808
6809 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6810 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6811 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6812 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6813
6814 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6815 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6816 European character display.
6817
6818 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6819 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6820 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6821 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6822
6823 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6824 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6825 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6826 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6827 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6828
6829 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6830
6831 ;;;***
6832 \f
6833 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6834 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6836
6837 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6838 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6839 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6840 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6841 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6842 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6843 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6844 Default is 2.
6845
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6847
6848 ;;;***
6849 \f
6850 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18787 48912))
6851 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6852
6853 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6854 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6855 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6856 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6857 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6858 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6859 private or ask).
6860 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6861 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6862 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6863 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6864 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6865
6866 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6867
6868 ;;;***
6869 \f
6870 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6871 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18787 48936))
6872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6873
6874 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6875 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6876 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6877 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6878 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6879 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6880 table and its own syntax table.
6881
6882 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6883
6884 \(fn)" t nil)
6885 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6886
6887 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6888 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6889
6890 \(fn)" t nil)
6891 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6892
6893 ;;;***
6894 \f
6895 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6896 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18901 14440))
6897 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6898
6899 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6900 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6901 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6902
6903 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6904
6905 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6906 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6907
6908 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6909 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6910
6911 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6912 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6913 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6914
6915 \(fn)" t nil)
6916
6917 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6918 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6919 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6920 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6921
6922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6923
6924 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6925 Not documented
6926
6927 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6928
6929 ;;;***
6930 \f
6931 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18787 48933))
6932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6933
6934 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6935 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6936
6937 \(fn)" t nil)
6938
6939 ;;;***
6940 \f
6941 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18791 16507))
6942 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6943
6944 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6945 Toggle Double mode.
6946 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6947 turn it off.
6948
6949 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6950 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6951
6952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6953
6954 ;;;***
6955 \f
6956 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18787 48933))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6958
6959 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6960 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6961
6962 \(fn)" t nil)
6963
6964 ;;;***
6965 \f
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6967 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
6968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6969
6970 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6971 Play sounds in message buffers.
6972
6973 \(fn)" t nil)
6974
6975 ;;;***
6976 \f
6977 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6978 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6979 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18787 48921))
6980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6981
6982 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6983
6984 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6985 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6986 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6987 and toggle command MODE.
6988
6989 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6990 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6991 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6992 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6993 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6994 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6995 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6996 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6997 used (see below).
6998
6999 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7000 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7001 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7002 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7003 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7004 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7005 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7006 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7007 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7008 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7009 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7010 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7011 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7012 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7013 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7014 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7015 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7016
7017 For example, you could write
7018 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7019 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7020 ...BODY CODE...)
7021
7022 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7023
7024 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7025
7026 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7027
7028 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7029 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7030 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7031 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7032 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7033 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7034 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7035 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7036 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7037 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7038 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7039 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7040
7041 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7042 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7043 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7044 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7045 call another major mode in their body.
7046
7047 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7048
7049 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7050 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7051 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7052 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7053 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7054 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7055 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7056
7057 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7058
7059 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7060 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7061 :inherit Parent keymap.
7062 :group Ignored.
7063 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7064 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7065
7066 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7067
7068 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7069 Not documented
7070
7071 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7072
7073 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7074 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7075 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7076
7077 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7078
7079 ;;;***
7080 \f
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7082 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18787
7083 ;;;;;; 48922))
7084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7085
7086 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7087
7088 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7089 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7090
7091 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7092 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7093 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7094
7095 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7096 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7097
7098 :filter FUNCTION
7099
7100 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7101 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7102
7103 :visible INCLUDE
7104
7105 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7106 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7107
7108 :active ENABLE
7109
7110 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7111 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7112
7113 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7114
7115 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7116
7117 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7118
7119 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7120 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7121
7122 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7123 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7124
7125 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7126
7127 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7128
7129 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7130
7131 :keys KEYS
7132
7133 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7134 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7135 computed automatically.
7136 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7137
7138 :key-sequence KEYS
7139
7140 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7141 menu item.
7142 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7143 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7144 keyboard equivalent.
7145
7146 :active ENABLE
7147
7148 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7149 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7150
7151 :visible INCLUDE
7152
7153 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7154 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7155
7156 :label FORM
7157
7158 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7159 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7160
7161 :suffix FORM
7162
7163 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7164 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7165
7166 :style STYLE
7167
7168 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7169 defined:
7170
7171 toggle: A checkbox.
7172 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7173 radio: A radio button.
7174 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7175 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7176 menu bar itself.
7177 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7178
7179 :selected SELECTED
7180
7181 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7182 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7183
7184 :help HELP
7185
7186 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7187
7188 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7189 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7190 as a solid horizontal line.
7191
7192 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7193
7194 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7195
7196 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7197 Not documented
7198
7199 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7202 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7203 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7204 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7205
7206 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7207
7208 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7209 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7210 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7211 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7212 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7213 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7214
7215 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7216 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7217 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7218
7219 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7220 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7221 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7222
7223 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7224 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7225
7226 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7227
7228 ;;;***
7229 \f
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7231 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7232 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7233 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7234 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7235 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7236 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7237 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18787 48934))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7239
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Customization for ebnf group.
7242
7243 \(fn)" t nil)
7244
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7247
7248 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7249
7250 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7251 processed.
7252
7253 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7254
7255 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7259
7260 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7261 killed after process termination.
7262
7263 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7264
7265 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7266
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7269
7270 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7271 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7272 it to the printer.
7273
7274 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7275 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7276 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7277 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7278
7279 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7283 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7284
7285 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7289
7290 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7291
7292 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7293 processed.
7294
7295 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7296
7297 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7298
7299 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7300 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7301
7302 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7303 killed after process termination.
7304
7305 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7306
7307 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7308
7309 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7310 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7311 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7312 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7313
7314 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7315
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7320 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7321
7322 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7323
7324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7325
7326 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7327 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7328
7329 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7330
7331 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7332 processed.
7333
7334 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7335
7336 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7340
7341 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7342 killed after EPS generation.
7343
7344 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7345
7346 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7350
7351 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7352 The EPS file name has the following form:
7353
7354 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7355
7356 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7357 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7358
7359 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7360 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7361 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7362 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7363 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7364
7365 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7366 files.
7367
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7372
7373 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7374 The EPS file name has the following form:
7375
7376 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7377
7378 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7379 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7380
7381 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7382 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7383 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7384 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7385 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7386
7387 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7388 files.
7389
7390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7391
7392 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7396
7397 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7398
7399 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7400 are processed.
7401
7402 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7403
7404 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7405
7406 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7407 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7408
7409 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7410 killed after syntax checking.
7411
7412 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7413
7414 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7417 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7418
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7422 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7423
7424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7428
7429 \(fn)" nil nil)
7430
7431 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7432 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7433
7434 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7435
7436 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7439 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7440
7441 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7442
7443 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7444
7445 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7446 Delete style NAME.
7447
7448 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7449
7450 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7451
7452 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7453 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7454
7455 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7456
7457 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7460 Set STYLE as the current style.
7461
7462 Returns the old style symbol.
7463
7464 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7465
7466 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7467
7468 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7469 Reset current style.
7470
7471 Returns the old style symbol.
7472
7473 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7474
7475 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7476
7477 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7478 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7479
7480 Returns the old style symbol.
7481
7482 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7483
7484 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7485
7486 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7487
7488 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7489 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7490
7491 Returns the old style symbol.
7492
7493 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7494
7495 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7496
7497 \(fn)" t nil)
7498
7499 ;;;***
7500 \f
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7502 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7503 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7504 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7505 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7506 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7507 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7508 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7509 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7510 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7511 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18875
7512 ;;;;;; 4272))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7514
7515 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7516 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7517 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7518 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7519 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7520 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7521
7522 Tree mode key bindings:
7523 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7524
7525 \(fn)" t nil)
7526
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7528 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7529
7530 \(fn)" t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7533 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7534
7535 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7536
7537 \(fn)" nil nil)
7538
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7540 View declaration of member at point.
7541
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7543
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7545 Find declaration of member at point.
7546
7547 \(fn)" t nil)
7548
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7550 View definition of member at point.
7551
7552 \(fn)" t nil)
7553
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7555 Find definition of member at point.
7556
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7558
7559 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7560 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7561
7562 \(fn)" t nil)
7563
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7565 View definition of member at point in other window.
7566
7567 \(fn)" t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7570 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7571
7572 \(fn)" t nil)
7573
7574 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7575 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7576
7577 \(fn)" t nil)
7578
7579 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7580 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7581
7582 \(fn)" t nil)
7583
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7585 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7586
7587 \(fn)" t nil)
7588
7589 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7590 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7591 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7592 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7593 completion.
7594
7595 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7596
7597 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7598 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7599 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7600 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7601
7602 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7603
7604 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7605 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7606 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7607 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7608
7609 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7610
7611 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7612 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7613 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7614
7615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7616
7617 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7618 Search for call sites of a member.
7619 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7620 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7621 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7622 looks like a function call to the member.
7623
7624 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7625
7626 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7627 Move backward in the position stack.
7628 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7629
7630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7633 Move forward in the position stack.
7634 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7635
7636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7637
7638 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7639 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7640
7641 \(fn)" t nil)
7642
7643 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7644 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7645
7646 \(fn)" t nil)
7647
7648 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7649 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7650 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7651 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7652
7653 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7654
7655 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7656 Display statistics for a class tree.
7657
7658 \(fn)" t nil)
7659
7660 ;;;***
7661 \f
7662 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7663 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7665
7666 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7667 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7668 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7669 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7670
7671 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7672 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7673 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7674
7675 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7676 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7677 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7678
7679 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7680
7681 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7682
7683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7684
7685 ;;;***
7686 \f
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7688 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18787 48912))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7690
7691 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7692 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7693 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7694
7695 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7696
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7700 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7702
7703 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7704 Not documented
7705
7706 \(fn)" nil nil)
7707
7708 ;;;***
7709 \f
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7711 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18791 16517))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7714
7715 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7716 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7717 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7718 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7719 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7720
7721 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7722 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7723 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7724 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7725
7726 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7727
7728 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7729 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7730 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7731 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7732
7733 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7734
7735 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7736 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7737 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7738 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7739
7740 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7741
7742 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7743
7744 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7745 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7746 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7747 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7748 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7749
7750 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7751 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7752 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7753 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7754 instrumented for Edebug.
7755
7756 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7757 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7758 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7759 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7760 already is one.)
7761
7762 \(fn)" t nil)
7763
7764 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7765 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7766
7767 \(fn)" t nil)
7768
7769 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7770 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7771
7772 \(fn)" t nil)
7773
7774 ;;;***
7775 \f
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7777 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7778 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7779 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7780 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7781 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7782 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7783 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7784 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7785 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18821 3055))
7786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7787
7788 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7790
7791 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7792
7793 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7794 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7795
7796 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7797
7798 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7799
7800 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7801
7802 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7804 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7805 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7806
7807 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7808
7809 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7811
7812 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7813
7814 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7815
7816 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7818
7819 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7820
7821 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7822
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7825 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7826 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7827
7828 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7829
7830 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7834 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7835 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7836
7837 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7838
7839 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7840
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7843 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7844 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7845
7846 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7847
7848 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7849
7850 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7851 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7852 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7853 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7854
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7856
7857 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7858
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7860 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7861 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7862 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7863 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7864 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7865
7866 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7869 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7870 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7871 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7872
7873 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7874
7875 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7876
7877 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7879 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7880 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7881
7882 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7883
7884 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7885
7886 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7887
7888 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7889 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7890 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7891 follows:
7892 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7893 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7894
7895 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7896
7897 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7898 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7899 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7900 follows:
7901 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7902 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7903
7904 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7905
7906 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7907 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7908 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7909 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7910 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7911
7912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7913
7914 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7916 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7917 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7918 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7919 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7920
7921 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7922
7923 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7924
7925 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7926 Merge two files without ancestor.
7927
7928 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7929
7930 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7931 Merge two files with ancestor.
7932
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7934
7935 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7936
7937 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7938 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7939
7940 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7941
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7943 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7944
7945 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7948 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7949 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7950 buffer.
7951
7952 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7955 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7956 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7957 buffer.
7958
7959 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7960
7961 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7962 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7963 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7964 and don't ask the user.
7965 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7966 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7967
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7971 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7972 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7973 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7974 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7975 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7976 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7977 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7978
7979 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7980
7981 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7982
7983 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7984
7985 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7986 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7987 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7988 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7989 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7990
7991 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7992
7993 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7994
7995 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7996 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7997 When called interactively, displays the version.
7998
7999 \(fn)" t nil)
8000
8001 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8002 Display Ediff's manual.
8003 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8004
8005 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8006
8007 ;;;***
8008 \f
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8010 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8012
8013 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8014 Not documented
8015
8016 \(fn)" t nil)
8017
8018 ;;;***
8019 \f
8020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18787 48912))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8022
8023 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '(menu-item "This Window and Next Window" compare-windows :help "Compare the current window and the next window")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '(menu-item "Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise :help "Compare windows line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '(menu-item "Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise :help "Compare windows word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '(menu-item "Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise :help "Compare regions line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '(menu-item "Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise :help "Compare regions word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions :help "Compare directory files with their older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '(menu-item "File with Revision..." ediff-revision :help "Compare file with its older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '(menu-item "Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 :help "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '(menu-item "Two Directories..." ediff-directories :help "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '(menu-item "Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 :help "Compare three buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '(menu-item "Three Files..." ediff-files3 :help "Compare three files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '(menu-item "Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers :help "Compare two buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '(menu-item "Two Files..." ediff-files :help "Compare two files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '(menu-item "Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions :help "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '(menu-item "Directories..." ediff-merge-directories :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '(menu-item "Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers :help "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '(menu-item "Files..." ediff-merge-files :help "Merge files (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '(menu-item "To a Buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer :help "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '(menu-item "To a File..." ediff-patch-file :help "Apply a patch to a file")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '(menu-item "Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" ediff-toggle-multiframe :help "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '(menu-item "List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry :help "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '(menu-item "Customize Ediff" ediff-customize :help "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '(menu-item "Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation :help "Bring up the Ediff manual")))
8024
8025 ;;;***
8026 \f
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8028 ;;;;;; (18821 3055))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8030
8031 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8032 Display Ediff's registry.
8033
8034 \(fn)" t nil)
8035
8036 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8037
8038 ;;;***
8039 \f
8040 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8041 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18989 18316))
8042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8043
8044 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8045 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8046 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8047 which see.
8048
8049 \(fn)" t nil)
8050
8051 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8052 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8053 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8054 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8055
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8057
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8061 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8062 ;;;;;; (18972 18135))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8064
8065 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8066 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8067 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8068
8069 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8070 Edit a keyboard macro.
8071 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8072 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8073 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8074 its command name.
8075 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8076
8077 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8078
8079 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8080 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8081
8082 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8083
8084 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8085 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8086
8087 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8088
8089 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8090 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8091 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8092 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8093 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8094 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8095
8096 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8097 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8098 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8099 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8100
8101 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8102
8103 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8104 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8105 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8106 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8107 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8108 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8109
8110 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8111
8112 ;;;***
8113 \f
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8115 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18979 58015))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8117
8118 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8119 Set scroll margins.
8120 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8121 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8122
8123 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8126 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8127
8128 \(fn)" t nil)
8129
8130 ;;;***
8131 \f
8132 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8133 ;;;;;; (18794 5653))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8135
8136 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8137 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8138 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8139 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8140 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8141 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8142 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8143
8144 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8145 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8146
8147 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8148 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8149 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8150 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8151
8152 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8153 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8154 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8155
8156 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8157 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8158 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8159
8160 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8161
8162 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8163 Not documented
8164
8165 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8166
8167 ;;;***
8168 \f
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8170 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18811 27444))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8172
8173 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8174 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8175
8176 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8177
8178 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8179 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8180 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8181 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8182 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8183 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8184 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8185
8186 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8187
8188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8189
8190 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8191 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8192
8193 \(fn)" t nil)
8194
8195 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8196 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8197 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8198 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8199 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8200 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8201 arg list.
8202
8203 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8204 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8205 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8206 effect.
8207
8208 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8209 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8210
8211 ;;;***
8212 \f
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18787
8214 ;;;;;; 48912))
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8216
8217 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8218 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8219
8220 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8221 an elided material again.
8222
8223 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8224
8225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8226
8227 ;;;***
8228 \f
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8230 ;;;;;; (18852 12908))
8231 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8232
8233 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8234 Initialize elint.
8235
8236 \(fn)" t nil)
8237
8238 ;;;***
8239 \f
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8241 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18821
8242 ;;;;;; 3056))
8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8244
8245 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8246 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8247 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8248
8249 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8250
8251 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8252 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8253 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8254 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8255
8256 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8259 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8260 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8261
8262 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8263
8264 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8265
8266 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8267 Display current profiling results.
8268 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8269 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8270 displayed.
8271
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8273
8274 ;;;***
8275 \f
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8277 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8279
8280 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8281 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8282 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8283
8284 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8285
8286 ;;;***
8287 \f
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8289 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8290 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8291 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8292 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18742 35183))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8294
8295 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8296 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8297 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8298 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8299 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8300 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8301 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8302 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8303 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8304 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8305 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8306 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8307 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8308 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8309 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8310 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8311
8312 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8313 Run Emerge on two files.
8314
8315 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8318 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8319
8320 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8323 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8324
8325 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8328 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8329
8330 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8331
8332 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8333 Not documented
8334
8335 \(fn)" nil nil)
8336
8337 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8338 Not documented
8339
8340 \(fn)" nil nil)
8341
8342 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8343 Not documented
8344
8345 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8346
8347 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8348 Not documented
8349
8350 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8353 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8354
8355 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8356
8357 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8358 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8359
8360 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8361
8362 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8363 Not documented
8364
8365 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8366
8367 ;;;***
8368 \f
8369 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8370 ;;;;;; (18963 26564))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8372
8373 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8374 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on TERMINAL.
8375
8376 TERMINAL may be a terminal id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's terminal.
8377
8378 \(fn TERMINAL)" nil nil)
8379
8380 ;;;***
8381 \f
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8383 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18787 48936))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8385
8386 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8387 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8388 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8389 text/enriched format.
8390 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8391
8392 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8393 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8394
8395 Commands:
8396
8397 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8398
8399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8400
8401 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8402 Not documented
8403
8404 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8405
8406 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8407 Not documented
8408
8409 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8410
8411 ;;;***
8412 \f
8413 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8414 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8415 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8416 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8417 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8418 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18985
8419 ;;;;;; 38697))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8421
8422 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8423 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8424
8425 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8428 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8429
8430 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8431
8432 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8433 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8434 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8435 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8436 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8437 the keys are listed.
8438 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8439
8440 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8441
8442 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8443 Decrypt FILE.
8444
8445 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8446
8447 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8448 Verify FILE.
8449
8450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8451
8452 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8453 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8454
8455 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8456
8457 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8458 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8459
8460 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8461
8462 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8463 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8464
8465 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8466 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8467 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8468 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8469 should consider using the string based counterpart
8470 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8471 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8472
8473 For example:
8474
8475 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8476 (decode-coding-string
8477 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8478 'utf-8))
8479
8480 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8483 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8484
8485 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8486 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8487
8488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8489
8490 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8491 Verify the current region between START and END.
8492
8493 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8494 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8495 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8496 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8497 should consider using the string based counterpart
8498 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8499 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8500
8501 For example:
8502
8503 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8504 (decode-coding-string
8505 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8506 'utf-8))
8507
8508 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8511 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8512 between START and END.
8513
8514 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8515 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8516
8517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8518
8519 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8520 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8521
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8524 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8525 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8526 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8527 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8528
8529 For example:
8530
8531 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8532 (epg-sign-string
8533 context
8534 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8535
8536 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8537
8538 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8539 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8540
8541 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8542 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8543 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8544 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8545 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8546 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8547
8548 For example:
8549
8550 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8551 (epg-encrypt-string
8552 context
8553 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8554 nil))
8555
8556 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8557
8558 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8559 Delete selected KEYS.
8560
8561 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8564 Import keys from FILE.
8565
8566 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8569 Import keys from the region.
8570
8571 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8572
8573 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8574 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8575 between START and END.
8576
8577 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8580 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8581
8582 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8583
8584 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8585 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8586
8587 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8588
8589 ;;;***
8590 \f
8591 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8592 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18787 48912))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8594
8595 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8596 Decrypt marked files.
8597
8598 \(fn)" t nil)
8599
8600 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8601 Verify marked files.
8602
8603 \(fn)" t nil)
8604
8605 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8606 Sign marked files.
8607
8608 \(fn)" t nil)
8609
8610 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8611 Encrypt marked files.
8612
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8614
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8618 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18923 53557))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8620
8621 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8622 Not documented
8623
8624 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8625
8626 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8627 Not documented
8628
8629 \(fn)" t nil)
8630
8631 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8632 Not documented
8633
8634 \(fn)" t nil)
8635
8636 ;;;***
8637 \f
8638 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8639 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8640 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18787 48912))
8641 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8642
8643 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8644 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8645
8646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8647
8648 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8649 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8650 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8651
8652 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8653
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8655
8656 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8657 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8658 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8659
8660 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8661
8662 \(fn)" t nil)
8663
8664 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8665 Sign the current buffer.
8666 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8667
8668 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8669
8670 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8671
8672 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8673 Encrypt the current buffer.
8674 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8675
8676 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8677
8678 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8679
8680 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8681 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8682 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8683
8684 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8685
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8687
8688 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8689 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8690 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8691 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8692 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8693 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8694
8695 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8696
8697 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8698 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8699
8700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8705 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8706 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8707 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8708 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8709 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8710 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8711 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8712 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18943 4386))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8714
8715 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8716 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8717 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8718 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8719 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8720 signatures should be included.
8721 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8722
8723 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8724
8725 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8726 Not documented
8727
8728 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8729
8730 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8731 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8732 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8733
8734 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8735 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8736 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8737 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8738 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8739
8740 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8741
8742 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8743 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8744 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8745
8746 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8747
8748 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8749 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8750
8751 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8752
8753 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8754 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8755 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8756
8757 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8758 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8759
8760 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8761 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8762 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8763 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8764 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8765
8766 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8767
8768 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8769 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8770 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8771
8772 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8773 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8774 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8775 stored into the file after successful verification.
8776
8777 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8778
8779 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8780 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8781 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8782
8783 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8784 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8785 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8786 successful verification.
8787
8788 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8789
8790 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8791 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8792 PLAIN is a data object.
8793
8794 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8795 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8796 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8797
8798 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8799 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8800 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8801 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8802 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8803
8804 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8805
8806 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8807 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8808 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8809 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8810 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8811 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8812
8813 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8814
8815 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8816 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8817 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8818 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8819 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8820
8821 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8822
8823 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8824 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8825 PLAIN is a data object.
8826 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8827
8828 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8829 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8830 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8831 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8832 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8833
8834 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8835
8836 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8837 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8838 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8839 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8840
8841 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8842
8843 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8844 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8845 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8846
8847 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8848
8849 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8850 Initiate an export keys operation.
8851
8852 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8853 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8854 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8855 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8856 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8857
8858 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8859
8860 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8861 Extract public KEYS.
8862
8863 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8864
8865 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8866 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8867
8868 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8869
8870 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8871 Initiate an import keys operation.
8872 KEYS is a data object.
8873
8874 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8875 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8876 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8877 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8878 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8879
8880 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8881
8882 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8883 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8884
8885 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8886
8887 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8888 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8889
8890 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8891
8892 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8893 Initiate a receive key operation.
8894 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8895
8896 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8897 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8898 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8899 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8900 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8901
8902 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8903
8904 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8905 Add keys from server.
8906 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8907
8908 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8909
8910 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8911
8912 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8913 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8914
8915 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8916 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8917 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8918 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8919 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8920
8921 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8922
8923 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8924 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8925
8926 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8927
8928 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8929 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8930
8931 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8932 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8933 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8934 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8935 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8936
8937 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8938
8939 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8940 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8941
8942 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8943
8944 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8945 Initiate a key generation.
8946 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8947
8948 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8949 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8950 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8951 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8952 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8953
8954 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8955
8956 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8957 Generate a new key pair.
8958 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8959
8960 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8961
8962 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8963 Generate a new key pair.
8964 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8965
8966 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8967
8968 ;;;***
8969 \f
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8971 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18787 48912))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8973
8974 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8975 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8976
8977 \(fn)" nil nil)
8978
8979 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8980 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8981
8982 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8983
8984 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8985 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8986
8987 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8988
8989 ;;;***
8990 \f
8991 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8992 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18875 4272))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8994
8995 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8996 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8997
8998 \(fn)" nil nil)
8999
9000 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9001 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9002 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9003
9004 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9005
9006 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9007 (server (erc-compute-server))
9008 (port (erc-compute-port))
9009 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9010 password
9011 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9012
9013 That is, if called with
9014
9015 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9016
9017 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9018 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9019 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9020
9021 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9022
9023 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9024
9025 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9026 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9027 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9028 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9029
9030 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9031
9032 ;;;***
9033 \f
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18787
9035 ;;;;;; 48923))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9037 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9038
9039 ;;;***
9040 \f
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18787 48924))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9044
9045 ;;;***
9046 \f
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18787 48924))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9050
9051 ;;;***
9052 \f
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18787 48924))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9055 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9060 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18800 40734))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9063
9064 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9065 Parser for /dcc command.
9066 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9067 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9068 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9069
9070 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9071
9072 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9073 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9074
9075 \(fn)" nil nil)
9076
9077 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9078 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9079
9080 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9081 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9082 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9083 that subcommand.
9084
9085 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9086
9087 ;;;***
9088 \f
9089 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9090 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9091 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9092 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9093 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9095
9096 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9097 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9098
9099 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9100
9101 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9102 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9103 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9104 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9105
9106 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9107
9108 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9109 Not documented
9110
9111 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9112
9113 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9114 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9115
9116 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9117
9118 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9119 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9120
9121 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9122
9123 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9124 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9125
9126 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9127
9128 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9129 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9130
9131 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9132
9133 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9134 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9135
9136 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9137
9138 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9139 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9140
9141 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9142
9143 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9144 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9145
9146 \(fn)" nil nil)
9147
9148 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9149 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9150
9151 \(fn)" nil nil)
9152
9153 ;;;***
9154 \f
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18787
9156 ;;;;;; 48924))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9159
9160 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9161 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9162 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9163
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165
9166 ;;;***
9167 \f
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18787
9169 ;;;;;; 48924))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9172
9173 ;;;***
9174 \f
9175 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9176 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18787 48924))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9178 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9179
9180 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9181 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9182 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9183 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9184 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9185 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9186 system.
9187
9188 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9189
9190 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9191 Not documented
9192
9193 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9194
9195 ;;;***
9196 \f
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9198 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9199 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9200
9201 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9202 Not documented
9203
9204 \(fn)" nil nil)
9205
9206 ;;;***
9207 \f
9208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18787 48924))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9211
9212 ;;;***
9213 \f
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18787 48924))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9217
9218 ;;;***
9219 \f
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9221 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18787 48924))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9224
9225 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9226 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9227 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9228 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9229 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9230 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9231
9232 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9233
9234 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9235 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9236 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9237 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9238
9239 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9240 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9241 automatically.
9242
9243 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9244 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9245
9246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9247
9248 ;;;***
9249 \f
9250 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9251 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9252 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9253 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9256
9257 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9258 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9259
9260 \(fn)" t nil)
9261
9262 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9263 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9264
9265 \(fn)" t nil)
9266
9267 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9268 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9269
9270 \(fn)" t nil)
9271
9272 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9273 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9274
9275 \(fn)" t nil)
9276
9277 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9278 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9279
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9281
9282 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9283 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9284
9285 \(fn)" t nil)
9286
9287 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9288 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9289
9290 \(fn)" t nil)
9291
9292 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9293 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9294
9295 \(fn)" t nil)
9296
9297 ;;;***
9298 \f
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18787 48924))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304 \f
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9306 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9308 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9309
9310 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9311 Show who's gone.
9312
9313 \(fn)" nil nil)
9314
9315 ;;;***
9316 \f
9317 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9318 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18787 48924))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9320
9321 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9322 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9323 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9324 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9325
9326 \(fn)" nil nil)
9327
9328 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9329 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9330
9331 \(fn)" t nil)
9332
9333 ;;;***
9334 \f
9335 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9336 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18787 48924))
9337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9338 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9339
9340 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9341 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9342 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9343 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9344
9345 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9346
9347 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9348 Not documented
9349
9350 \(fn)" nil nil)
9351
9352 ;;;***
9353 \f
9354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18787 48924))
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9356 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9357
9358 ;;;***
9359 \f
9360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18787
9361 ;;;;;; 48924))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9364
9365 ;;;***
9366 \f
9367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18787 48924))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9370
9371 ;;;***
9372 \f
9373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18787 48924))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9376
9377 ;;;***
9378 \f
9379 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9380 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18787 48924))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9382 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9383
9384 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9385 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9386
9387 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9388
9389 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9390 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9391 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9392
9393 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9394
9395 ;;;***
9396 \f
9397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18787 48924))
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9399 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9400
9401 ;;;***
9402 \f
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9404 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9406
9407 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9408 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9409 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9410
9411 \(fn)" t nil)
9412
9413 ;;;***
9414 \f
9415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18787
9416 ;;;;;; 48924))
9417 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9418 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9419
9420 ;;;***
9421 \f
9422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18787 48924))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9425
9426 ;;;***
9427 \f
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9429 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9431
9432 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9433 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9434 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9435
9436 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9437
9438 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9439 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9440 mode line.
9441
9442 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9443 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9444 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9445
9446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9447 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9448
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9452 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18787 48924))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9454 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9455
9456 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9457 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9458 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9459 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9460
9461 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9462
9463 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9464 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9465 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9466
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9468
9469 ;;;***
9470 \f
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9472 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9474 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9475
9476 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9477 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9478
9479 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9480
9481 ;;;***
9482 \f
9483 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18808
9484 ;;;;;; 43144))
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9486
9487 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9488 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9489
9490 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9491
9492 \(fn)" nil nil)
9493
9494 ;;;***
9495 \f
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18787
9497 ;;;;;; 48924))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9499
9500 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9501 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9502
9503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9504
9505 ;;;***
9506 \f
9507 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9508 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18787 48924))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9510
9511 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9512 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9513 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9514 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9515 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9516 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9517 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9518 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9519 buffer selected (or created).
9520
9521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9522
9523 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9524 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9525 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9526
9527 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9528
9529 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9530 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9531 The result might be any Lisp object.
9532 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9533 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9534 corresponding to a successful execution.
9535
9536 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9537
9538 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9539
9540 ;;;***
9541 \f
9542 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9543 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9544 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9545 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9546 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9547 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9548 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9549 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
9550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9551
9552 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9553 *File name of tags table.
9554 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9555 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9556 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9557 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9558
9559 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9560 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9561 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9562 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9563
9564 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9565
9566 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9567 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9568 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9569 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9570 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9571 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9572
9573 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9574
9575 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9576 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9577 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9578 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9579 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9580 `auto-compression-mode').")
9581
9582 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9583
9584 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9585 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9586 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9587 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9588 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9589
9590 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9591
9592 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9593 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9594 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9595 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9596
9597 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9598
9599 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9600 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9601 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9602 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9603 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9604
9605 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9606
9607 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9608 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9609
9610 \(fn)" t nil)
9611
9612 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9613 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9614 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9615 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9616
9617 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9618 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9619 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9620 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9621 file the tag was in.
9622
9623 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9624
9625 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9626 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9627 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9628 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9629 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9630 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9631 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9632 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9633 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9634
9635 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9636
9637 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9638 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9639 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9640 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9641 without directory names.
9642
9643 \(fn)" nil nil)
9644
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9647 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9648 but does not select the buffer.
9649 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9650
9651 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9652 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9653 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9654 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9655 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9656
9657 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9658
9659 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9660 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9661 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9662
9663 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9664
9665 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9666
9667 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9668 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9669 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9670 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9671
9672 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9673 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9674 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9675 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9676 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9677
9678 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9679
9680 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9681 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9682 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9683
9684 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9685
9686 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9687 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9688
9689 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9690 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9691 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9692 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9693 around or before point.
9694
9695 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9696 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9697 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9698 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9699 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9700
9701 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9702
9703 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9704 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9705 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9706
9707 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9708
9709 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9710 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9711
9712 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9713 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9714 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9715 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9716 around or before point.
9717
9718 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9719 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9720 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9721 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9722 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9723
9724 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9725
9726 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9727 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9728 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9729
9730 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9731
9732 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9733 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9734
9735 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9736 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9737 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9738
9739 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9740 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9741 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9742 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9743 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9744
9745 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9746
9747 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9748 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9749 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9750
9751 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9752
9753 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9754 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9755 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9756
9757 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9758 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9759
9760 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9761 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9762 where they were found.
9763
9764 \(fn)" t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9767 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9768
9769 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9770 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9771 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9772
9773 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9774 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9775
9776 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9777 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9778
9779 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9780
9781 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9782 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9783 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9784 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9785
9786 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9787 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9788 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9789 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9790 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9791
9792 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9793 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9794
9795 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9796 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9797 Stops when a match is found.
9798 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9799
9800 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9801
9802 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9803
9804 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9805 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9806 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9807 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9808 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9809 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9810 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9811 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9812
9813 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9814 produce the list of files to search.
9815
9816 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9817
9818 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9819
9820 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9821 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9822 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9823 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9824 directory specification.
9825
9826 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9829 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9830
9831 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9832
9833 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9834 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9835 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9836 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9837
9838 \(fn)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9841 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9842 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9843 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9844 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9845
9846 \(fn)" t nil)
9847
9848 ;;;***
9849 \f
9850 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9851 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9852 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9853 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9854 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9855 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9856 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9857 ;;;;;; (18811 27444))
9858 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9859
9860 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9861 Not documented
9862
9863 \(fn)" nil nil)
9864
9865 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9866 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9867
9868 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9869 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9870
9871 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9872 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9873 primary language.
9874
9875 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9876 even if the buffer is read-only.
9877
9878 See also the descriptions of the variables
9879 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9880
9881 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9882
9883 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9884 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9885
9886 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9887 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9888
9889 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9890 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9891 primary language.
9892
9893 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9894 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9895
9896 See also the descriptions of the variables
9897 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9898
9899 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9902 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9903 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9904 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9905
9906 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9907
9908 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9909 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9910 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9911 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9912
9913 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9914 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9915 primary language.
9916
9917 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9918 buffer is read-only.
9919
9920 See also the descriptions of the variables
9921 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9922 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9923
9924 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9927 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9928
9929 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9930 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9931
9932 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9933 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9934 the primary language.
9935
9936 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9937 buffer is read-only.
9938
9939 See also the descriptions of the variables
9940 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9941 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9942
9943 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9947 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9948
9949 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9952 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9953
9954 \(fn)" t nil)
9955
9956 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9957 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9958
9959 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9960 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9961 be 1, 2, or 3.
9962
9963 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9964 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9965 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9966
9967 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9968
9969 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9970
9971 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9972 This function is deprecated.
9973
9974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9977 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9978
9979 \(fn)" t nil)
9980
9981 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9982 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9983
9984 \(fn)" t nil)
9985
9986 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9987 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9988
9989 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9990 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9991
9992 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9993 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9994
9995 \(fn)" nil nil)
9996
9997 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9998 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9999
10000 \(fn)" nil nil)
10001
10002 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10003 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10004
10005 \(fn)" nil nil)
10006
10007 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10008 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10009
10010 \(fn)" nil nil)
10011
10012 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10013 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10014 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10015
10016 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10019 Not documented
10020
10021 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10022
10023 ;;;***
10024 \f
10025 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10026 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10029
10030 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10031 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10032 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10033 server for future sessions.
10034
10035 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10036
10037 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10038 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10039 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10040
10041 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10042
10043 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10044 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10045 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10046
10047 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10048
10049 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10050 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10051 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10052 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10053 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10054 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10055 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10056 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10057 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10058 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10059 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10060 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10061
10062 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10063
10064 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10065 Display a form to query the directory server.
10066 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10067 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10068
10069 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10070
10071 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10072 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10073 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10074
10075 \(fn)" t nil)
10076
10077 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10078
10079 ;;;***
10080 \f
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10082 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10083 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18787 48930))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10085
10086 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10087 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10088
10089 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10090
10091 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10092 Display URL and make it clickable.
10093
10094 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10095
10096 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10097 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10098
10099 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10100
10101 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10102 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10103
10104 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10105
10106 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10107 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10108
10109 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10110
10111 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10112 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10113
10114 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10115
10116 ;;;***
10117 \f
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10119 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18787 48930))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10121
10122 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10123 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10124 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10125
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10127
10128 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10129 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10130
10131 \(fn)" t nil)
10132
10133 ;;;***
10134 \f
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10136 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10138
10139 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10140 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10141
10142 \(fn)" t nil)
10143
10144 ;;;***
10145 \f
10146 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18787
10147 ;;;;;; 48922))
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10149
10150 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10151 Create an empty ewoc.
10152
10153 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10154
10155 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10156 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10157 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10158 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10159 `insert-before-markers'.
10160
10161 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10162 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10163 respectively, of the ewoc.
10164
10165 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10166 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10167 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10168
10169 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10170
10171 ;;;***
10172 \f
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10174 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10175 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10176 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10178
10179 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10180 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10181 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10182
10183 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10184
10185 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10186 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10187 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10188 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10189 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10190
10191 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10192
10193 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10194 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10195 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10196 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10197 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10198 executable.
10199
10200 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10201
10202 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10203 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10204 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10205
10206 \(fn)" t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10209 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10210 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10211 file modes.
10212
10213 \(fn)" nil nil)
10214
10215 ;;;***
10216 \f
10217 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10218 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10219 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
10220 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10221
10222 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10223 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10224 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10225 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10226
10227 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10228
10229 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10230 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10231 to generate such functions.
10232
10233 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10234 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10235 beginning of the expanded text.
10236
10237 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10238 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10239 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10240 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10241
10242 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10243
10244 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10245
10246 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10247 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10248 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10249
10250 \(fn)" nil nil)
10251
10252 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10253 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10254 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10255
10256 \(fn)" t nil)
10257
10258 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10259 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10260 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10261
10262 \(fn)" t nil)
10263 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10264 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10265
10266 ;;;***
10267 \f
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18791 16531))
10269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10270
10271 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10272 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10273 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10274
10275 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10276 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10277 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10278
10279 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10280
10281 Key definitions:
10282 \\{f90-mode-map}
10283
10284 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10285
10286 `f90-do-indent'
10287 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10288 `f90-if-indent'
10289 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10290 `f90-type-indent'
10291 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10292 `f90-program-indent'
10293 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10294 (default 2).
10295 `f90-continuation-indent'
10296 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10297 `f90-comment-region'
10298 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10299 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10300 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10301 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10302 (default \"!\").
10303 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10304 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10305 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10306 `f90-break-delimiters'
10307 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10308 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10309 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10310 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10311 (default t).
10312 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10313 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10314 `f90-smart-end'
10315 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10316 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10317 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10318 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10319 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10320 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10321 `f90-leave-line-no'
10322 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10323
10324 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10325 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10326
10327 \(fn)" t nil)
10328
10329 ;;;***
10330 \f
10331 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10332 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10333 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10334 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18787 48913))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10336
10337 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10338 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10339
10340 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10341 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10342
10343 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10344 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10345 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10346 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10347 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10348 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10349 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10350
10351 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10352 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10353 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10354
10355 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10356
10357 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10358 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10359
10360 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10361
10362 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10363 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10364 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10365 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10366 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10367 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10368
10369 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10370
10371 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10372 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10373 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10374
10375 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10376 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10377 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10378 will remove any scaling currently active.
10379
10380 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10381
10382 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10383 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10384 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10385
10386 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10387 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10388 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10389 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10390 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10391
10392 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10393 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10394
10395 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10396 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10397
10398 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10399 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10400 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10401
10402 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10403 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10404 is one of the above.
10405
10406 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10407 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10408 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10409 will remove any scaling currently active.
10410
10411 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10412 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10413 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10414 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10415 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10416
10417 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10418
10419 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10420 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10421 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10422 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10423
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10427 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10428 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10429 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10430 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10431
10432 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10433 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10434
10435 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10436
10437 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10438 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10439 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10440 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10441
10442 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10443 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10444 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10445 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10446
10447 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10448 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10449
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10451
10452 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10453 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10454 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10455 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10456
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10458
10459 ;;;***
10460 \f
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10462 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10463 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18577 50420))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10465
10466 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10467 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10468 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10469 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10470
10471 \(fn)" nil nil)
10472
10473 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10474 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10475
10476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10477
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10479 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10480 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10481 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10482
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10484
10485 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10486 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10487 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10488 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10489 backup file names and the like).
10490
10491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10492
10493 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10494 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10495 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10496 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10497 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10498 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10499 internally by feedmail):
10500
10501 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10502 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10503 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10504 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10505
10506 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10507 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10508 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10509 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10510 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10511
10512 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10513
10514 ;;;***
10515 \f
10516 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10517 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18787 48913))
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10519
10520 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10521 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10522 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10523 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10524 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10525 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10526 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10527
10528 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10531 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10532 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10533 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10534 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10535 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10536 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10537
10538 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10539
10540 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10541
10542 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10543 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10544 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10545 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10546 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10547 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10548
10549 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10552 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10553 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10554 Return value:
10555 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10556 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10557 * otherwise, nil
10558
10559 \(fn E)" t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10562 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10563
10564 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10565
10566 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10567 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10568
10569 \(fn)" t nil)
10570
10571 ;;;***
10572 \f
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10574 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10575 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10576 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18787 48913))
10577 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10578
10579 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10580 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10581 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10582 be added to the cache.
10583
10584 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10585
10586 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10587 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10588 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10589 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10590 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10591
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10593
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10595 Add FILE to the file cache.
10596
10597 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10600 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10601 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10602
10603 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10604
10605 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10606 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10607 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10608
10609 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10612 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10613 This function does not use any external programs
10614 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10615 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10616 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10617
10618 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10619
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10621 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10622 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10623 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10624 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10625 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10626 \(directories) is done.
10627
10628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10629
10630 ;;;***
10631 \f
10632 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18787
10633 ;;;;;; 48913))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10635
10636 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10637 Filesets initialization.
10638 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10639
10640 \(fn)" nil nil)
10641
10642 ;;;***
10643 \f
10644 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18787 48913))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10646
10647 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10648 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10649
10650 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10651 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10652 (mtime \"+1\"))
10653 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10654
10655 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10656 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10657
10658 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10659
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10663 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10664 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18787 48913))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10666
10667 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10668 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10669 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10670 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10671 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10672
10673 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10674
10675 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10676 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10677 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10678 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10679 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10680
10681 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10682
10683 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10684 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10685 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10686 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10687
10688 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10689
10690 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10691 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10692 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10693 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10694
10695 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10696
10697 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10698 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10699 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10700
10701 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10702
10703 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10704 as the final argument.
10705
10706 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10707
10708 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10709 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10710 and run dired on those files.
10711 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10712 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10713
10714 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10715
10716 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10717
10718 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10719 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10720 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10721
10722 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10723
10724 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10725
10726 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10727
10728 ;;;***
10729 \f
10730 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10731 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10732 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10734
10735 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10736 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10737 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10738 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10739 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10740 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10741 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10742
10743 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10744 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10745 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10746
10747 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10748
10749 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10750
10751 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10752
10753 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10754 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10755 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10756
10757 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10758 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10759
10760 Variables of interest include:
10761
10762 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10763 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10764 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10765
10766 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10767 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10768 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10769
10770 - `ff-ignore-include'
10771 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10772
10773 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10774 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10775
10776 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10777 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10778
10779 - `ff-special-constructs'
10780 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10781 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10782 extracting the filename from that construct.
10783
10784 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10785 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10786
10787 - `ff-search-directories'
10788 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10789 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10790
10791 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10792 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10793
10794 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10795 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10796
10797 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10798 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10799
10800 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10801 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10802
10803 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10804 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10805
10806 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10807
10808 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10809 Visit the file you click on.
10810
10811 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10812
10813 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10814 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10815
10816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10817
10818 ;;;***
10819 \f
10820 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10821 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10822 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10823 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10824 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10825 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10826 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18834 14041))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10828
10829 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10830 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10831 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10832
10833 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10834
10835 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10836 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10837 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10838 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10839
10840 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10841 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10842 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10843 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10844
10845 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10846
10847 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10848 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10849
10850 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10851 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10852 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10853 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10854
10855 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10856 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10857 in `load-path'.
10858
10859 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10860
10861 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10862 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10863
10864 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10865 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10866 places point before the definition.
10867 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10868
10869 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10870 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10871 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10872
10873 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10874
10875 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10876 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10877
10878 See `find-function' for more details.
10879
10880 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10881
10882 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10883 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10884
10885 See `find-function' for more details.
10886
10887 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10890 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10891
10892 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10893 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10894 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10895
10896 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10897 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10898
10899 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10900
10901 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10902 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10903
10904 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10905 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10906 places point before the definition.
10907
10908 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10909
10910 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10911 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10912 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10913
10914 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10915
10916 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10917 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10918
10919 See `find-variable' for more details.
10920
10921 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10922
10923 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10924 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10925
10926 See `find-variable' for more details.
10927
10928 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10929
10930 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10931 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10932 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10933 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10934 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10935 buffer nor display it.
10936
10937 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10938 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10939
10940 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10941
10942 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10943 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10944
10945 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10946 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10947 places point before the definition.
10948
10949 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10950
10951 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10952 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10953 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10954
10955 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10958 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10959 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10960
10961 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10962
10963 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10964 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10965
10966 \(fn)" t nil)
10967
10968 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10969 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10970
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10974 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10975
10976 \(fn)" nil nil)
10977
10978 ;;;***
10979 \f
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10981 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18787 48913))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10983
10984 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10985 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10986
10987 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10988
10989 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10990 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10991
10992 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10995 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10996
10997 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10998
10999 ;;;***
11000 \f
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11002 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18868 8783))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11004
11005 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11006 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11007
11008 \(fn)" t nil)
11009
11010 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11011 Display FILE's commentary section.
11012 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11013
11014 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11015
11016 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11017 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11018
11019 \(fn)" t nil)
11020
11021 ;;;***
11022 \f
11023 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11024 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18794 5653))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11026
11027 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11028 Toggle flow control handling.
11029 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11030 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11031
11032 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11033
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11036 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11037 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11038 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11039 to get the effect of a C-q.
11040
11041 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11042
11043 ;;;***
11044 \f
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11046 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11048
11049 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11050 Not documented
11051
11052 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11053
11054 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11055 Not documented
11056
11057 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11058
11059 ;;;***
11060 \f
11061 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11062 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18875 4272))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11064
11065 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11066 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11067 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11068 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11069
11070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11071
11072 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11073 Turn flymake mode on.
11074
11075 \(fn)" nil nil)
11076
11077 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11078 Turn flymake mode off.
11079
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11081
11082 ;;;***
11083 \f
11084 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11085 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11086 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18919 31473))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11088
11089 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11090 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11091
11092 \(fn)" t nil)
11093 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11094
11095 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11096 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11097 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11098 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11099 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11100 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11101 otherwise turn it off.
11102
11103 Bindings:
11104 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11105 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11106 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11107 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11108
11109 Hooks:
11110 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11111
11112 Remark:
11113 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11114 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11115 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11116
11117 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11118 consider adding:
11119 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11120 in your .emacs file.
11121
11122 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11123 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11124
11125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11126
11127 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11128 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11129
11130 \(fn)" nil nil)
11131
11132 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11133 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11134
11135 \(fn)" nil nil)
11136
11137 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11138 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11139
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11141
11142 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11143 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11144
11145 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11146
11147 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11148 Flyspell whole buffer.
11149
11150 \(fn)" t nil)
11151
11152 ;;;***
11153 \f
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11155 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11156 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11158
11159 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11160 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11161
11162 \(fn)" nil nil)
11163
11164 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11165 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11166
11167 \(fn)" nil nil)
11168
11169 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11170 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11171
11172 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11173 of two major techniques:
11174
11175 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11176 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11177 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11178
11179 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11180 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11181 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11182 movement commands.
11183
11184 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11185 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11186 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11187 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11188 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11189 mileage may vary).
11190
11191 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11192 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11193
11194 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11195
11196 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11197 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11198 \(This is the default.)
11199
11200 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11201
11202 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11203 \\{follow-mode-map}
11204
11205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11208 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11209
11210 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11211 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11212 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11213 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11214 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11215 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11216
11217 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11218 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11219 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11220
11221 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11222 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11223 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11224
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11226
11227 ;;;***
11228 \f
11229 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18787
11230 ;;;;;; 48929))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11232
11233 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11234 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11235 \\<message-mode-map>
11236 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11237 started, play around with the following keys:
11238 key binding
11239 --- -------
11240 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11241 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11242 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11243 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11244 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11245 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11246 \\[Footnote-set-style] Footnote-set-style
11247
11248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11249
11250 ;;;***
11251 \f
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11253 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18787 48913))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11255
11256 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11257 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11258
11259 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11260 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11261 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11262 C-c < forms-first-record <
11263 C-c > forms-last-record >
11264 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11265 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11266 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11267 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11268 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11269 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11270 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11271 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11272 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11273 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11274
11275 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11278 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11279
11280 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11281
11282 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11283 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11284
11285 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11286
11287 ;;;***
11288 \f
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (18791 16531))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11292
11293 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11294 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11295 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11296
11297 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11298 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11299
11300 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11301
11302 Key definitions:
11303 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11304
11305 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11306
11307 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11308 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11309 `fortran-do-indent'
11310 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11311 `fortran-if-indent'
11312 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11313 `fortran-structure-indent'
11314 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11315 (default 3)
11316 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11317 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11318 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11319 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11320 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11321 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11322 nil don't change the indentation
11323 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11324 value of either
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11326 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11327 depending on the continuation format in use.
11328 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11329 indentation for a line of code.
11330 (default 'fixed)
11331 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11332 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11333 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11334 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11335 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11336 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11337 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11338 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11339 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11340 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11341 column 5.
11342 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11343 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11344 statements (default nil).
11345 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11346 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11347 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11348 `fortran-continuation-string'
11349 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11350 line (default \"$\").
11351 `fortran-comment-region'
11352 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11353 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11354 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11355 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11356 as typed (default t).
11357 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11358 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11359
11360 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11361 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11362
11363 \(fn)" t nil)
11364
11365 ;;;***
11366 \f
11367 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11368 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18787 48933))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11370
11371 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11372 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11373
11374 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11375 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11376
11377 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11378
11379 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11380 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11381
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11384
11385 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11386
11387 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11388 Compile fortune file.
11389
11390 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11391 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11392
11393 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11394
11395 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11396 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11397
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11399 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11400 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11401 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11402
11403 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11404
11405 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11406 Display a fortune cookie.
11407
11408 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11409 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11410 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11411 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11412
11413 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11414
11415 ;;;***
11416 \f
11417 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11418 ;;;;;; (18935 28927))
11419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11420
11421 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11422 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11423 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11424 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11425
11426 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11427 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11428 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11429 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11430
11431 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11432 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11433 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11434 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11435 some of the buffers.
11436
11437 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11438
11439 The following commands help control operation :
11440
11441 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11442 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11443
11444 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11445 detailed description of this mode.
11446
11447 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11448 | GDB Toolbar |
11449 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11450 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11451 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11452 | | |
11453 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11454 | | |
11455 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11456 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11457 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11458
11459 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11460 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11461 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11462 session.
11463
11464 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11465
11466 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11467
11468 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11469 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11470
11471 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11472
11473 ;;;***
11474 \f
11475 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11476 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18787
11477 ;;;;;; 48922))
11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11479
11480 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11481 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11482 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11483 instead (which see).")
11484
11485 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11486 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11487
11488 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11489 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11490 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11491 documentation string instead.
11492
11493 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11494 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11495 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11496 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11497 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11498 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11499 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11500 enders are actually possible.
11501
11502 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11503 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11504
11505 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11506 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11507 `font-lock-keywords'.
11508
11509 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11510 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11511 runs the macro expansion.
11512
11513 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11514 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11515 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11516
11517 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11518
11519 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11520
11521 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11522 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11523
11524 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11525
11526 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11527 Enter generic mode MODE.
11528
11529 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11530 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11531 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11532
11533 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11534 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11535
11536 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11537
11538 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11539 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11540 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11541 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11542 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11543 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11544 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11545 `font-lock-keywords'.
11546
11547 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11548
11549 ;;;***
11550 \f
11551 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11552 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11554
11555 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11556 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11557 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11558 at places they belong to.
11559
11560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11561
11562 ;;;***
11563 \f
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11565 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11566 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11568
11569 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11570 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11571 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11572
11573 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11574
11575 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11576 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11577
11578 Guideline for numbers:
11579 1 - error messages
11580 3 - non-serious error messages
11581 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11582 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11583 9 - messages inside loops.
11584
11585 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11586
11587 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11588 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11589 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11590
11591 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11592
11593 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11594 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11595
11596 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11597
11598 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11599 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11600
11601 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11602 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11603 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11604 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11605 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11606 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11607
11608 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11609 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11610 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11611 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11612 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11613
11614 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11615
11616 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11617
11618 ;;;***
11619 \f
11620 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11621 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18838 52324))
11622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11623 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11624 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11625
11626 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11627 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11628
11629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11630
11631 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11632 Read network news.
11633 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11634 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11635 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11636 name of an NNTP server to use.
11637 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11638 server.
11639
11640 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11641
11642 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11643 Read news as a slave.
11644
11645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11646
11647 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11648 Pop up a frame to read news.
11649 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11650 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11651 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11652 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11653 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11654 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11655 current display is used.
11656
11657 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11658
11659 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11660 Read network news.
11661 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11662 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11663 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11664
11665 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11666
11667 ;;;***
11668 \f
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11670 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11671 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11672 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11673 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11674 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18787 48925))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11676
11677 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11678 Start Gnus unplugged.
11679
11680 \(fn)" t nil)
11681
11682 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11683 Start Gnus plugged.
11684
11685 \(fn)" t nil)
11686
11687 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11688 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11689
11690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11691
11692 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11693 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11694
11695 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11696 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11697 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11698
11699 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11700 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11701 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11702
11703 \(fn)" t nil)
11704
11705 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11706 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11707
11708 \(fn)" nil nil)
11709
11710 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11711 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11712 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11713 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11714 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11715 supported.
11716
11717 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11718
11719 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11720 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11721 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11722 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11723 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11724 supported.
11725
11726 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11727
11728 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11729 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11730
11731 \(fn)" nil nil)
11732
11733 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11734 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11735 downloaded into the agent.
11736
11737 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11738
11739 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11740 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11741 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11742 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11743
11744 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11745
11746 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11747 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11748
11749 \(fn)" t nil)
11750
11751 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11752 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11753
11754 \(fn)" t nil)
11755
11756 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11757 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11758 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11759
11760 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11761
11762 ;;;***
11763 \f
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11765 ;;;;;; (18990 41424))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11767
11768 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11769 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11770
11771 \(fn)" nil nil)
11772
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11776 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11778
11779 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11780 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11781
11782 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11783
11784 ;;;***
11785 \f
11786 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11787 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18787 48925))
11788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11789
11790 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11791 Set a bookmark for this article.
11792
11793 \(fn)" t nil)
11794
11795 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11796 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11797
11798 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11799
11800 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11801 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11802 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11803 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11804 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11805
11806 \(fn)" t nil)
11807
11808 ;;;***
11809 \f
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11811 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11812 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18787
11813 ;;;;;; 48925))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11817 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11818
11819 Usage:
11820 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11821
11822 \(fn)" t nil)
11823
11824 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11825 Generate the cache active file.
11826
11827 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11828
11829 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11830 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11831
11832 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11833
11834 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11835 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11836 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11837 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11838 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11839 supported.
11840
11841 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11842
11843 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11844 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11845 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11846 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11847 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11848 supported.
11849
11850 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11851
11852 ;;;***
11853 \f
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11855 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18787 48925))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11857
11858 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11859 Delay this article by some time.
11860 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11861
11862 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11863 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11864
11865 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11866 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11867
11868 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11869 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11870
11871 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11874 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11875
11876 \(fn)" t nil)
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11879 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11880 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11881 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11882
11883 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11884 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11885
11886 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11887
11888 ;;;***
11889 \f
11890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11891 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18787 48925))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11893
11894 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11895 Not documented
11896
11897 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11898
11899 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11900 Not documented
11901
11902 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11903
11904 ;;;***
11905 \f
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11907 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11909
11910 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11911 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11912
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11914
11915 ;;;***
11916 \f
11917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11918 ;;;;;; (18862 237))
11919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11920
11921 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11922 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11923
11924 \(fn)" t nil)
11925
11926 ;;;***
11927 \f
11928 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11929 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11930 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18787
11931 ;;;;;; 48925))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11933
11934 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11935 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11936
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11938
11939 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11940 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11941
11942 \(fn)" t nil)
11943
11944 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11945 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11946
11947 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11948 different input formats.
11949
11950 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11951
11952 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11953 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11954
11955 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11956 different input formats.
11957
11958 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11959
11960 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11961 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11962 The PNG is returned as a string.
11963
11964 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11965
11966 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11967 Convert FILE to a Face.
11968 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11969 726 bytes.
11970
11971 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11972
11973 ;;;***
11974 \f
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18787 48925))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11978
11979 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11980 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11981 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11982 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11983
11984 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11985
11986 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11987 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11988
11989 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11990
11991 ;;;***
11992 \f
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11994 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11996
11997 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11998
11999 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12000 Run batched scoring.
12001 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12002
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12004
12005 ;;;***
12006 \f
12007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12008 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12009 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12011
12012 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12013 Not documented
12014
12015 \(fn)" nil nil)
12016
12017 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12018 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12019 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12020
12021 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12022
12023 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12024 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12025
12026 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12027
12028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12029
12030 ;;;***
12031 \f
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12034 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12038 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12039 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12040 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12041 group parameters.
12042
12043 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12044 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12045 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12046 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12047
12048 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12049 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12050 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12051 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12052 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12053 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12054 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12055 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12056 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12057 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12058
12059 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12060
12061 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12062 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12063 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12064 nil CATCH-ALL).
12065
12066 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12067 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12068
12069 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12070
12071 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12072 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12073 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12074
12075 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12076
12077 \(fn)" nil nil)
12078
12079 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12080 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12081 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12082
12083 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12084
12085 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12086 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12087 existing groups are considered.
12088
12089 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12090 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12091 returned.
12092
12093 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12094 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12095 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12096 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12097 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12098 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12099 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12100 clauses will be generated.
12101
12102 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12103 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12104 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12105 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12106 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12107 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12108
12109 For example, given the following group parameters:
12110
12111 nnml:mail.bar:
12112 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12113 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12114 nnml:mail.foo:
12115 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12116 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12117 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12118 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12119 nnml:mail.others:
12120 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12121
12122 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12123
12124 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12125 \"mail.bar\")
12126 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12127 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12128 \"mail.others\")
12129
12130 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12131
12132 ;;;***
12133 \f
12134 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12135 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12137
12138 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12139 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12140 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12141
12142 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12143
12144 ;;;***
12145 \f
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12147 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18791 16520))
12148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12149
12150 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12151 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12152 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12153 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12154
12155 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12156
12157 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12158 Mail to ADDRESS.
12159
12160 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12161
12162 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12163 Like `message-reply'.
12164
12165 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12166
12167 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12168
12169 ;;;***
12170 \f
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12172 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18850 57238))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12174
12175 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12176 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12177
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12179
12180 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12181 Load the NoCeM cache.
12182
12183 \(fn)" t nil)
12184
12185 ;;;***
12186 \f
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12188 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12189 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12191
12192 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12193 Display picons in the From header.
12194 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12195
12196 \(fn)" t nil)
12197
12198 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12199 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12200 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12201
12202 \(fn)" t nil)
12203
12204 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12205 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12206 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12207
12208 \(fn)" t nil)
12209
12210 ;;;***
12211 \f
12212 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12213 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12214 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12215 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12216 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18787 48925))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12218
12219 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12220 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12221 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12222 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12223
12224 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12225
12226 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12227 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12228 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12229 LIST1 is modified.
12230
12231 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12232
12233 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12234 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12235 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12236
12237 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12238
12239 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12240 Not documented
12241
12242 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12243
12244 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12245 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12246 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12247
12248 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12249
12250 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12251 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12252 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12253
12254 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12255
12256 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12257
12258 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12259 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12260 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12261
12262 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12263
12264 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12265 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12266 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12267
12268 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12269
12270 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12271 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12272 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12273
12274 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12277 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12278
12279 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12280
12281 ;;;***
12282 \f
12283 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12284 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18787 48925))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12288 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12289
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12291
12292 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12293 Install the registry hooks.
12294
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12296
12297 ;;;***
12298 \f
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12300 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18787
12301 ;;;;;; 48925))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12303
12304 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12305 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12306 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12307 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12308 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12309 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12310
12311 \(fn)" t nil)
12312
12313 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12314 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12315 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12316 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12317 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12318
12319 \(fn)" t nil)
12320
12321 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12322 Not documented
12323
12324 \(fn)" t nil)
12325
12326 ;;;***
12327 \f
12328 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12329 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12331
12332 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12333 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12334 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12335 for matching on group names.
12336
12337 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12338 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12339
12340 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12341
12342 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12343
12344 \(fn)" t nil)
12345
12346 ;;;***
12347 \f
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12349 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12351
12352 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12353 Update the format specification near point.
12354
12355 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12356
12357 ;;;***
12358 \f
12359 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12360 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18791
12361 ;;;;;; 16521))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12363
12364 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12365 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12366
12367 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12368
12369 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12370 Not documented
12371
12372 \(fn)" nil nil)
12373
12374 ;;;***
12375 \f
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12377 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12379
12380 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12381 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12382
12383 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12384
12385 ;;;***
12386 \f
12387 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18787 48933))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12389
12390 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12391 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12392
12393 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12394 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12395 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12396
12397 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12398 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12399 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12400
12401 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12402 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12403
12404 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12405 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12406
12407 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12408
12409 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12410
12411 ;;;***
12412 \f
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12414 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18799
12415 ;;;;;; 16232))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12417
12418 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12419
12420 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12421 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12422 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12423 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12424 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12425
12426 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12427
12428 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12429 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12430 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12431 or to send e-mail.
12432 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12433 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12434
12435 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12436 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12437
12438 \(fn)" t nil)
12439 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12440
12441 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12442 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12443
12444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12445
12446 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12447 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12448
12449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12450
12451 ;;;***
12452 \f
12453 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12454 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12455 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18967 15987))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12457
12458 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12459 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12460
12461 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12462
12463 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12464 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12465 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12466 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12467 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12468
12469 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12470 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12471 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12472
12473 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12474
12475 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12476 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12477 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12478 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12479 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12480
12481 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12482
12483 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12484 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12485
12486 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12487
12488 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12489 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12490
12491 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12492 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12493 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12494
12495 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12496 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12497 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12498
12499 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12500 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12501 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12502 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12503
12504 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12505 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12506 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12507 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12508 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12509
12510 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12511
12512 (defvar grep-history nil)
12513
12514 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12515
12516 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12517 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12518 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12519
12520 \(fn)" nil nil)
12521
12522 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12523 Not documented
12524
12525 \(fn)" nil nil)
12526
12527 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12528 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12529
12530 \(fn)" nil nil)
12531
12532 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12533 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12534 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12535 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12536 found matches.
12537
12538 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12539 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12540
12541 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12542 can easily repeat a grep command.
12543
12544 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12545 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12546 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12547 list is empty).
12548
12549 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12550
12551 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12552 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12553 Collect output in a buffer.
12554 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12555 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12556
12557 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12558 easily repeat a find command.
12559
12560 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12561
12562 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12563
12564 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12565 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12566 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12567 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12568 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12569
12570 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12571 before it is executed.
12572 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12573
12574 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12575 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12576 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12577
12578 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12579
12580 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12581
12582 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12583 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12584 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12585 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12586 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12587
12588 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12589 before it is executed.
12590 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12591
12592 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12593 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12594 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12595
12596 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12597
12598 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12599
12600 ;;;***
12601 \f
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40816))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12604
12605 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12606 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12607 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12608 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12609 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12610
12611 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12612
12613 ;;;***
12614 \f
12615 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12616 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18787 48934))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12618
12619 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12620 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12621 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12622 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12623
12624 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12625
12626 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12627 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12628 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12629 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12630
12631 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12632
12633 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12634 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12635 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12636 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12637
12638 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12639
12640 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12641 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12642 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12643 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12644
12645 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12646 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12647
12648 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12649
12650 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12651 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12652 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12653 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12654
12655 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12656
12657 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12658 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12659 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12660 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12661
12662 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12663
12664 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12665 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12666 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12667 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12668 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12669
12670 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12671 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12672 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12673 original source file access method.
12674
12675 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12676 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12677
12678 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12679 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12680
12681 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12682
12683 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12684 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12685
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12687
12688 ;;;***
12689 \f
12690 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18787
12691 ;;;;;; 48933))
12692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12693
12694 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12695 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12696 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12697 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12698
12699 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12700 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12701 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12702 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12703
12704 \(fn)" t nil)
12705
12706 ;;;***
12707 \f
12708 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12709 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
12710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12711
12712 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12713 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12714
12715 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12716
12717 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12718 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12719 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12720 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12721
12722 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12723
12724 \(fn)" t nil)
12725
12726 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12727 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12728 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12729 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12730 to be updated.
12731
12732 \(fn)" t nil)
12733
12734 ;;;***
12735 \f
12736 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12737 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12738 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18787 48929))
12739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12740
12741 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12742 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12743
12744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12745
12746 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12747 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12748 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12749
12750 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12751
12752 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12753 Verify a hashcash payment
12754
12755 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12756
12757 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12758 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12759 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12760 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12761 `mail-add-payment-async').
12762
12763 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12764
12765 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12766 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12767 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12768 Calculation is asynchronous.
12769
12770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12771
12772 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12773 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12774 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12775
12776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12777
12778 ;;;***
12779 \f
12780 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12781 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12782 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12783 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18918 21794))
12784 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12785
12786 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12787 Return the help-echo string at point.
12788 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12789 property, or nil, is returned.
12790 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12791 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12792 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12793
12794 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12795
12796 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12797 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12798 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12799 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12800 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12801
12802 \(fn)" nil nil)
12803
12804 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12805 Display local help in the echo area.
12806 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12807 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12808 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12809 printed instead.
12810
12811 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12812 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12813 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12814
12815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12816
12817 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12818 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12819 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12820
12821 \(fn)" t nil)
12822
12823 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12824 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12825 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12826
12827 \(fn)" t nil)
12828
12829 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12830 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12831 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12832 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12833 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12834 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12835 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12836 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12837 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12838 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12839 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12840
12841 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12842 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12843 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12844 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12845 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12846
12847 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12848 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12849 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12850 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12851 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12852 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12853 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12854 The default is `never'.")
12855
12856 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12857
12858 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12859 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12860 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12861 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12862 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12863 considered different regions.
12864
12865 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12866 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12867 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12868 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12869 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12870 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12871 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12872 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12873 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12874
12875 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12876
12877 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12878 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12879 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12880 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12881 different regions.
12882
12883 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12884 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12885 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12886 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12887 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12888 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12889 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12890 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12891
12892 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12893 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12894 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12895 rarely happens in practice.
12896
12897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12898
12899 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12900 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12901 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12902 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12903 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12904 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12905
12906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12907
12908 ;;;***
12909 \f
12910 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12911 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12912 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12913 ;;;;;; (18856 725))
12914 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12915
12916 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12917 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12918
12919 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12920
12921 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12922 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12923 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12924
12925 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12926
12927 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12928 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12929 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12930 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12931 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12932 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12933 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12934 search for a function definition.
12935
12936 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12937 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12938 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12939 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12940 suitable file is found, return nil.
12941
12942 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12943
12944 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12945 Not documented
12946
12947 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12948
12949 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12950 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12951 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12952 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12953
12954 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12955
12956 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12957 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12958 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12959 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12960 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12961 it is displayed along with the global value.
12962
12963 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12964
12965 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12966 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12967 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12968 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12969
12970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12971
12972 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12973 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12974 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12975 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12976 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12977
12978 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12979
12980 ;;;***
12981 \f
12982 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12983 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12984 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12985
12986 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12987 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12988 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12989 window listing and describing the options.
12990 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12991 gives the window that lists the options.")
12992
12993 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12994
12995 ;;;***
12996 \f
12997 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12998 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12999 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18896
13000 ;;;;;; 7433))
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13002
13003 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13004 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13005 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13006 Commands:
13007 \\{help-mode-map}
13008
13009 \(fn)" t nil)
13010
13011 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13012 Not documented
13013
13014 \(fn)" nil nil)
13015
13016 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13017 Not documented
13018
13019 \(fn)" nil nil)
13020
13021 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13022 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13023
13024 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13025 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13026 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13027 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13028
13029 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13030 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13031 restore it properly when going back.
13032
13033 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13034
13035 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13036 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13037 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13038 current buffer.
13039 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
13040 exists, it is created.
13041
13042 \(fn)" nil nil)
13043
13044 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13045 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13046
13047 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13048 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13049 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13050 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13051 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13052 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13053 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13054 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13055
13056 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13057 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13058 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13059 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13060
13061 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13062 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13063 that.
13064
13065 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13066
13067 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13068 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13069 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13070 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13071 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13072 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13073
13074 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13077 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13078 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13079 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13080 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13081
13082 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13083
13084 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13085 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13086
13087 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13088
13089 ;;;***
13090 \f
13091 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13092 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18787 48922))
13093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13094
13095 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13096 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13097
13098 \(fn)" t nil)
13099
13100 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13101 Provide help for current mode.
13102
13103 \(fn)" t nil)
13104
13105 ;;;***
13106 \f
13107 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13108 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18791 16509))
13109 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13110
13111 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13112 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13113 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13114 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13115 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13116
13117 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13118 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13119
13120 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13121 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13122 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13123 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13124
13125 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13126 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13127 periods.
13128
13129 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13130 in hexl format.
13131
13132 A sample format:
13133
13134 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13135 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13136 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13137 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13138 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13139 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13140 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13141 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13142 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13143 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13144 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13145 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13146 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13147 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13148 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13149
13150 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13151 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13152 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13153
13154 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13155 also supported.
13156
13157 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13158
13159 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13160 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13161 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13162
13163 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13164 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13165 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13166
13167 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13168 into the buffer at the current point.
13169
13170 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13171 into the buffer at the current point.
13172
13173 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13174 into the buffer at the current point.
13175
13176 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13177
13178 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13179 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13180
13181 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13182
13183 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13184
13185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13186
13187 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13188 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13189 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13190 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13191
13192 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13193
13194 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13195 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13196 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13197
13198 \(fn)" t nil)
13199
13200 ;;;***
13201 \f
13202 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13203 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13204 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13205 ;;;;;; (18927 50551))
13206 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13207
13208 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13209 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13210
13211 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13212 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13213 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13214 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13215 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13216 called interactively, are:
13217
13218 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13219 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13220
13221 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13222 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13223 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13224 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13225
13226 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13227 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13228
13229 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13230 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13231
13232 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13233 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13234 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13235 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13236 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13237 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13238 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13239 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13240 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13241 function returns t.
13242
13243 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13244 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13245
13246 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13247 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13248 form:
13249 Hi-lock: FOO
13250 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13251 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13252 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13253 Patterns will be read until
13254 Hi-lock: end
13255 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13256
13257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13258
13259 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13260 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13261 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13263 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13264 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13265
13266 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13267
13268 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13269 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13270 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13271 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13272 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13273
13274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13275
13276 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13277
13278 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13279 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13280
13281 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13282 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13283 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13284 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13285 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13286
13287 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13288
13289 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13290
13291 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13292 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13293
13294 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13295 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13296 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13297 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13298 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13299
13300 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13301
13302 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13303
13304 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13305 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13306
13307 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13308 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13309
13310 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13311
13312 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13313
13314 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13315 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13316
13317 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13318 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13319 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13320 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13321 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13322
13323 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13324
13325 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13326 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13327
13328 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13329 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13330 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13331
13332 \(fn)" t nil)
13333
13334 ;;;***
13335 \f
13336 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13337 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
13338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13339
13340 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13341 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13342 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13343 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13344 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13345 how the hiding is done:
13346
13347 `hide-ifdef-env'
13348 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13349 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13350 is used.
13351
13352 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13353 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13354 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13355 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13356 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13357
13358 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13359 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13360 #endif lines when hiding.
13361
13362 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13363 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13364 is activated.
13365
13366 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13367 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13368 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13369
13370 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13371
13372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13373
13374 ;;;***
13375 \f
13376 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13377 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
13378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13379
13380 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13381 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13382 Each element has the form
13383 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13384
13385 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13386 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13387
13388 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13389 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13390
13391 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13392 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13393 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13394 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13395 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13396 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13397
13398 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13399 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13400
13401 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13402 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13403
13404 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13405 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13406 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13407
13408 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13409 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13410 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13411 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13412 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13413
13414 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13415 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13416 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13417
13418 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13419 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13420
13421 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13422
13423 Key bindings:
13424 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13425
13426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13427
13428 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13429 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13430
13431 \(fn)" nil nil)
13432
13433 ;;;***
13434 \f
13435 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13436 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13437 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13438 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13439 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18787
13440 ;;;;;; 48914))
13441 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13442
13443 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13444 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13445
13446 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13447
13448 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13449 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13450 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13451 on and off.
13452
13453 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13454 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13455 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13456 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13457 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13458 through various faces.
13459 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13460 buffer with the contents of a file
13461 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13462
13463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13464
13465 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13466 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13467
13468 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13469 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13470 in a distinctive face.
13471
13472 The default value can be customized with variable
13473 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13474
13475 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13476
13477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13478
13479 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13480 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13481 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13482
13483 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13484
13485 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13486 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13487
13488 \(fn)" t nil)
13489
13490 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13491 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13492
13493 \(fn)" t nil)
13494
13495 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13496 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13497
13498 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13499 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13500 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13501 shown in the last face in the list.
13502
13503 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13504 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13505 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13506
13507 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13508
13509 \(fn)" t nil)
13510
13511 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13512 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13513
13514 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13515
13516 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13517 to save the file.
13518
13519 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13520 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13521
13522 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13523 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13524 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13525
13526 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13527
13528 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13529 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13530
13531 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13532 this function is called interactively.
13533
13534 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13535 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13536 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13537
13538 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13539 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13540 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13541
13542 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13543
13544 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13545 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13546 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13549 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13550
13551 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13552
13553 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13554 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13555 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13556 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13557 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13558
13559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13560
13561 ;;;***
13562 \f
13563 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13564 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13565 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13566 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13567 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18787 48914))
13568 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13569
13570 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13571 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13572 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13573 or insert functions in this list.")
13574
13575 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13576
13577 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13578 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13579
13580 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13581
13582 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13583 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13584
13585 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13586
13587 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13588 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13589
13590 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13591
13592 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13593 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13594
13595 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13596
13597 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13598 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13599 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13600
13601 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13602
13603 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13604 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13605 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13606 \(as atoms)")
13607
13608 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13609
13610 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13611 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13612 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13613 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13614 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13615
13616 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13617
13618 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13619 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13620 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13621 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13622 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13623 expansions.
13624 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13625 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13626 undoes the expansion.
13627
13628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13629
13630 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13631 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13632 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13633 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13634
13635 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13636
13637 ;;;***
13638 \f
13639 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13640 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13642
13643 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13644 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13645 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13646
13647 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13648 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13649 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13650 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13651 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13652
13653 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13654 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13655 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13656 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13657
13658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13659
13660 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13661 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13662 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13663 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13664 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13665 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13666
13667 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13668
13669 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13670 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13671 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13672
13673 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13674 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13675
13676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13677
13678 ;;;***
13679 \f
13680 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13681 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13682 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13683 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13684 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18901 14441))
13685 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13686
13687 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13688 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13689 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13690
13691 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13692
13693 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13694
13695 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13696
13697 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13698 Oriental holidays.
13699 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13700
13701 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13702
13703 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13704
13705 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13706
13707 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13708 Local holidays.
13709 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13710
13711 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13712
13713 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13714
13715 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13716
13717 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13718 User defined holidays.
13719 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13720
13721 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13722
13723 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13724
13725 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13726
13727 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13728 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13729
13730 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13731
13732 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13733 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13734
13735 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13736
13737 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13738 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13739
13740 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13741
13742 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13743 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13744
13745 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13746
13747 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13748 Jewish holidays.
13749 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13750
13751 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13752
13753 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13754
13755 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13756
13757 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13758 Christian holidays.
13759 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13760
13761 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13762
13763 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13764
13765 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13766
13767 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13768 Islamic holidays.
13769 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13770
13771 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13772
13773 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13774
13775 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13776
13777 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13778 Baha'i holidays.
13779 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13780
13781 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13782
13783 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13784
13785 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13786
13787 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13788 Sun-related holidays.
13789 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13790
13791 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13792
13793 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13794
13795 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13796
13797 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13798
13799 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13800 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13801 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13802 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13803
13804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13805
13806 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13807 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13808 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13809 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13810 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13811
13812 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13813 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13814
13815 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13816 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13817
13818 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13819 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13820 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13821 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13822 of a holiday list.
13823
13824 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13825
13826 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13827
13828 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13829
13830 ;;;***
13831 \f
13832 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18787
13833 ;;;;;; 48925))
13834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13835
13836 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13837 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13838
13839 \(fn)" t nil)
13840
13841 ;;;***
13842 \f
13843 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13844 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13845 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13846 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13847 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13848 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13849 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13864 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13865 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18875 4271))
13866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13867
13868 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13869 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13870 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13871
13872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13873
13874 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13876
13877 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13878
13879 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13881
13882 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13883
13884 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13885 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13886
13887 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13888
13889 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13890 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13891
13892 \(fn)" t nil)
13893
13894 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13895 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13896
13897 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13898
13899 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13900 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13901
13902 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13903 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13904 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13905 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13906 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13907 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13908 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13909 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13910 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13912 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13913 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13914 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13915 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13916
13917 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13918 Not documented
13919
13920 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13921
13922 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13923 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13924
13925 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13926
13927 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13928 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13929
13930 \(fn)" t nil)
13931
13932 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13933 Remove the first filter group.
13934
13935 \(fn)" t nil)
13936
13937 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13938 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13939
13940 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13941
13942 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Remove all filter groups.
13944
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13946
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13949
13950 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13951
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13953 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13954 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13955
13956 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13957
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13959 Kill the filter group at point.
13960 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13961
13962 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13963
13964 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13966
13967 \(fn)" t nil)
13968
13969 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13971
13972 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13976 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13977 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13978
13979 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13980
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13983 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13984
13985 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13986
13987 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13988 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13989 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13990
13991 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13992
13993 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13995
13996 \(fn)" t nil)
13997
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13999 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14000
14001 \(fn)" t nil)
14002
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14004 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14005
14006 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14007 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14008 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14009
14010 \(fn)" t nil)
14011
14012 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14013 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14014
14015 \(fn)" t nil)
14016
14017 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14019
14020 \(fn)" t nil)
14021
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14024 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14025 filter into parts.
14026
14027 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14028
14029 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14030 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14031 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14032
14033 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14034
14035 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14037
14038 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14039
14040 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14042
14043 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14044
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14047
14048 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14050 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14051 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14052 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14053 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14055 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14057
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14060 Default sorting modes are:
14061 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14062 Name - the name of the buffer
14063 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14064 Size - the size of the buffer
14065
14066 \(fn)" t nil)
14067
14068 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14070
14071 \(fn)" t nil)
14072 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14074 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14077
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14080
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14082
14083 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14085 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14086 for this Ibuffer session.
14087
14088 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14089
14090 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14092 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14093 for this Ibuffer session.
14094
14095 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14096
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14098 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14099
14100 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14101 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14102
14103 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14104 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14105
14106 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14110
14111 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14112 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14113
14114 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14115
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14118
14119 \(fn)" t nil)
14120
14121 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14123
14124 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14125 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14126 hidden group filter, open it.
14127
14128 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14129 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14130 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14131
14132 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14133
14134 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14135 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14136 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14137 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14138
14139 \(fn)" t nil)
14140
14141 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14142 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14143
14144 The names are separated by a space.
14145 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14146
14147 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14148 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14149 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14150 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14151
14152 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14153
14154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14155
14156 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14157 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14158
14159 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14160
14161 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14162 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14163
14164 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14165
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14167 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14168
14169 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14170
14171 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14172 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14173
14174 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14175
14176 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14177 Mark all modified buffers.
14178
14179 \(fn)" t nil)
14180
14181 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14183
14184 \(fn)" t nil)
14185
14186 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14187 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14188
14189 \(fn)" t nil)
14190
14191 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14192 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14193
14194 \(fn)" t nil)
14195
14196 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14197 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14198
14199 \(fn)" t nil)
14200
14201 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14202 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14203
14204 \(fn)" t nil)
14205
14206 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14208
14209 \(fn)" t nil)
14210
14211 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14212 Mark all read-only buffers.
14213
14214 \(fn)" t nil)
14215
14216 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14217 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14218
14219 \(fn)" t nil)
14220
14221 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14222 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14223 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14224 defaults to one.
14225
14226 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14227
14228 ;;;***
14229 \f
14230 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14231 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18787
14232 ;;;;;; 48914))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14234
14235 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14236 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14237
14238 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14239 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14240 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14241
14242 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14243 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14244 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14245 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14246 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14247 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14248
14249 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14250 title of the column.
14251
14252 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14253 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14254 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14255 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14256 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14257
14258 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14259
14260 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14261 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14262 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14263 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14264 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14265
14266 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14267 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14268 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14269
14270 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14271
14272 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14273 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14274 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14275 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14276 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14277 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14278
14279 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14280 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14281 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14282 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14283 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14284 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14285 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14286 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14287 values are:
14288 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14289 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14290 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14291 buffer's modification flag.
14292 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14293 prompted before performing this operation.
14294 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14295 operation is complete, in the form:
14296 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14297 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14298 confirmation message, in the form:
14299 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14300 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14301 macro for exactly what it does.
14302
14303 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14304
14305 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14306 Define a filter named NAME.
14307 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14308 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14309 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14310
14311 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14312 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14313 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14314 bound to the current value of the filter.
14315
14316 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14317
14318 ;;;***
14319 \f
14320 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14321 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18853 58440))
14322 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14323
14324 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14325 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14326 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14327 buffers which are visiting a file.
14328
14329 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14330
14331 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14332 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14333 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14334 buffers which are visiting a file.
14335
14336 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14337
14338 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14339 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14340 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14341
14342 All arguments are optional.
14343 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14344 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14345 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14346 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14347 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14348 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14349 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14350 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14351 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14352 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14353 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14354 that value locally in this buffer.
14355
14356 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14357
14358 ;;;***
14359 \f
14360 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14361 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14362 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18813 56068))
14363 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14364
14365 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14366 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14367 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14368 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14369
14370 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14371
14372 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14373 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14374 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14375 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14376 ICAL-FILENAME.
14377 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14378 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14379 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14380
14381 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14382
14383 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14384 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14385 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14386 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14387 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14388 non-marking or not.
14389
14390 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14391
14392 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14393 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14394
14395 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14396 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14397 DIARY-FILE.
14398
14399 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14400 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14401 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14402
14403 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14404 non-marking.
14405
14406 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14407 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14408 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14409
14410 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14411
14412 ;;;***
14413 \f
14414 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18787
14415 ;;;;;; 48914))
14416 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14417
14418 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14419 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14420 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14422 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14423 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14424
14425 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14426
14427 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14428 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14429 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14430 otherwise turn it off.
14431
14432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14433
14434 ;;;***
14435 \f
14436 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18791 16531))
14437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14438
14439 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14440 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14441 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14442 Tab indents for Icon code.
14443 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14444 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14445 \\{icon-mode-map}
14446 Variables controlling indentation style:
14447 icon-tab-always-indent
14448 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14449 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14450 icon-auto-newline
14451 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14452 inserted in Icon code.
14453 icon-indent-level
14454 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14455 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14456 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14457 icon-continued-statement-offset
14458 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14459 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14460 icon-continued-brace-offset
14461 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14462 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14463 icon-brace-offset
14464 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14465 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14466 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14467 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14468
14469 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14470 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14471
14472 \(fn)" t nil)
14473
14474 ;;;***
14475 \f
14476 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14477 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14479
14480 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14481 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14482 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14483 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14484
14485 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14486 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14487 separate frames.
14488
14489 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14490 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14491
14492 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14493 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14494 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14495
14496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14497
14498 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14499
14500 ;;;***
14501 \f
14502 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14503 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
14504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14505
14506 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14507 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14508
14509 The main features of this mode are
14510
14511 1. Indentation and Formatting
14512 --------------------------
14513 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14514 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14515
14516 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14517 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14518 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14519 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14520
14521 Comments are indented as follows:
14522
14523 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14524 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14525 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14526
14527 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14528
14529 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14530 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14531 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14532 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14533 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14534 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14535
14536 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14537 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14538 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14539 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14540
14541 2. Routine Info
14542 ------------
14543 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14544 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14545 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14546 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14547 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14548 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14549 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14550 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14551 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14552 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14553
14554 3. Online IDL Help
14555 ---------------
14556
14557 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14558 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14559 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14560 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14561
14562 4. Completion
14563 ----------
14564 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14565 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14566 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14567 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14568 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14569 upper case.
14570
14571 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14572 --------------------------------
14573 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14574 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14575
14576 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14577 \\fu FUNCTION template
14578 \\c CASE statement template
14579 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14580 \\f FOR loop template
14581 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14582 \\w WHILE loop template
14583 \\i IF statement template
14584 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14585 \\b BEGIN
14586
14587 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14588 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14589
14590 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14591 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14592 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14593 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14594
14595 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14596 -------------------------
14597 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14598 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14599
14600 7. Automatic END completion
14601 ------------------------
14602 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14603 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14604
14605 8. Hooks
14606 -----
14607 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14608 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14609
14610 9. Documentation and Customization
14611 -------------------------------
14612 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14613 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14614 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14615 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14616 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14617
14618 10.Keybindings
14619 -----------
14620 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14621 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14622 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14623
14624 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14625
14626 \(fn)" t nil)
14627
14628 ;;;***
14629 \f
14630 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14631 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14632 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14633 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14634 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14635 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14636 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14637 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18951
14638 ;;;;;; 18091))
14639 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14640
14641 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14642 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14643 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14644 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14645 displaying...)
14646 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14647 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14648 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14649
14650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14651 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14652
14653 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14654
14655 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14656 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14657 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14658 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14659 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14660 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14661 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14662 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14663 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14664
14665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14666
14667 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14668 Switch to another buffer.
14669 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14670 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14671 in another frame.
14672
14673 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14674 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14675 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14676 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14677 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14678
14679 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14680 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14681
14682 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14683 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14684
14685 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14686 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14687 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14688 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14689 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14690 in a separate window.
14691 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14692 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14693 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14694 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14696 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14697 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14698 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14700
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14702
14703 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14704 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14705 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14707
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14709
14710 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14711 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14712 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14714
14715 \(fn)" t nil)
14716
14717 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14718 Kill a buffer.
14719 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14721
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14725 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14726 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14728
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14732 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14733 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14735
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14737
14738 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14739 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14740
14741 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14742
14743 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14744 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14745 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14746 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14747 visible in another frame.
14748
14749 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14750 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14751 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14752 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14753 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14754 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14755
14756 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14757 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14758
14759 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14760 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14761
14762 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14763 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14764 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14765 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14766 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14767 in a separate window.
14768 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14769 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14770 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14771 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14772 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14773 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14774 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14775 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14776 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14777 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14778 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14779 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14780 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14781 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14782 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14783
14784 \(fn)" t nil)
14785
14786 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14787 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14788 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14789 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14790
14791 \(fn)" t nil)
14792
14793 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14794 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14795 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14796 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14797
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14799
14800 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14801 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14802 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14803 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14804
14805 \(fn)" t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14808 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14809 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14810 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14811
14812 \(fn)" t nil)
14813
14814 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14815 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14816 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14817 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14818
14819 \(fn)" t nil)
14820
14821 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14822 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14823 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14824 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14825
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14827
14828 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14829 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14830 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14832
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14836 Write current buffer to a file.
14837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14839
14840 \(fn)" t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14843 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14846
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14848
14849 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14850 Call `dired' the ido way.
14851 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14853
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14855
14856 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14857 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14858 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14859 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14860 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14861 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14862
14863 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14864
14865 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14866 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14867 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14868 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14869
14870 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14871
14872 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14873 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14874 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14875 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14876
14877 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14878
14879 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14880 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14881 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14882 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14883 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14884 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14885 with `completing-read'.
14886 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14887 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14888 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14889 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14890 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14891 with point positioned at the end.
14892 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14893 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14894
14895 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14896
14897 ;;;***
14898 \f
14899 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18787 48915))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14901 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14902
14903 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14904 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14905 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14906
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14908
14909 ;;;***
14910 \f
14911 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14912 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
14913 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14914
14915 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14916 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14917
14918 \(fn)" t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14921 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14922
14923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14924
14925 ;;;***
14926 \f
14927 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14928 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14929 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14930 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14931 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18852 12908))
14932 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14933
14934 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14935 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14936 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14937 be determined.
14938
14939 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14940
14941 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14942 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14943 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14944 be determined.
14945
14946 \(fn)" nil nil)
14947
14948 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14949 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14950 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14951 be determined.
14952
14953 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14954
14955 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14956 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14957 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14958 be determined.
14959
14960 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14961
14962 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14963 Determine and return image type.
14964 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14965 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14966 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14967 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14968 use its file extension as image type.
14969 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14970
14971 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14972
14973 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14974 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14975 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14976
14977 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14978
14979 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14980 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14981 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14982
14983 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14984 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14985 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14986 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14987 must be available.
14988
14989 \(fn)" nil nil)
14990
14991 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14992 Create an image.
14993 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14994 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14995 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14996 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14997 use its file extension as image type.
14998 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14999 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15000 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15001 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15002
15003 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15004
15005 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15006 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15007 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15008
15009 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15010
15011 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15012 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15013 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15014 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15015 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15016 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15017 POS may be an integer or marker.
15018 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15019 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15020 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15021 means display it in the right marginal area.
15022
15023 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15024
15025 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15026 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15027 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15028 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15029 defaulted if you omit it.
15030 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15031 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15032 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15033 means display it in the right marginal area.
15034 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15035 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15036 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15037 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15038 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15039
15040 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15041
15042 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15043 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15044 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15045 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15046 defaulted if you omit it.
15047 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15048 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15049 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15050 means display it in the right marginal area.
15051 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15052
15053 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15054
15055 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15056 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15057 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15058 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15059
15060 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15061
15062 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15063 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15064
15065 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15066
15067 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15068 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15069 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15070 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15071 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15072 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15073 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15074 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15075 satisfied.
15076
15077 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15078
15079 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15080
15081 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15082
15083 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15084 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15085
15086 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15087 documentation string.
15088
15089 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15090 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15091 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15092 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15093 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15094 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15095 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15096 define SYMBOL.
15097
15098 Example:
15099
15100 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15101 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15102
15103 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15104
15105 ;;;***
15106 \f
15107 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15108 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15109 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15110 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15111 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15112 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15113 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15114 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18787 48915))
15115 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15116
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15118 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15119
15120 \(fn)" t nil)
15121
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15123 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15124
15125 Convenience command that:
15126
15127 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15128 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15129 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15130
15131 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15132 image files in dired and type
15133 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15134
15135 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15136
15137 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15138 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15139
15140 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15141
15142 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15143 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15144 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15145 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15146 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15147 another one).
15148
15149 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15150 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15151 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15152
15153 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15154 instead of erasing it first.
15155
15156 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15157 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15158 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15159 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15160 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15161 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15162
15163 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15164
15165 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15166 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15167 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15168 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15169 displayed.
15170
15171 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15172
15173 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15174
15175 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15176
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15178 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15179
15180 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15181
15182 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15183 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15184 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15185
15186 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15187
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15189 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15190
15191 \(fn)" t nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15194 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15195 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15196 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15197
15198 \(fn)" t nil)
15199
15200 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15201 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15202
15203 \(fn)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15206 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15207
15208 \(fn)" t nil)
15209
15210 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15211 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15212
15213 \(fn)" t nil)
15214
15215 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15216 Display current image file.
15217 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15218 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15219
15220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15221
15222 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15223 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15224
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15226
15227 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15228 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15229 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15230 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15231 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15232 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15233 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15234
15235 \(fn)" t nil)
15236
15237 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15238 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15239 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15240 easy-to-use form.
15241
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15243
15244 ;;;***
15245 \f
15246 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15247 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15248 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18787 48915))
15249 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15250
15251 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15252 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15253 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15254 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15255
15256 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15257 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15258 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15259 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15260
15261 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15262
15263 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15264 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15265 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15266 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15267
15268 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15269 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15270 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15271 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15272
15273 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15274
15275 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15276 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15277
15278 \(fn)" nil nil)
15279
15280 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15281 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15282 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15283 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15284
15285 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15286
15287 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15288 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15289 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15290 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15291 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15292 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15293
15294 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15295
15296 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15297 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15298 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15299 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15300
15301 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15302 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15303 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15304
15305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15306
15307 ;;;***
15308 \f
15309 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15310 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18837 32920))
15311 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15312 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15313 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15314 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15315 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15316 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15317 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15318 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15319 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15320 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15321
15322 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15323 Major mode for image files.
15324 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15325 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15326
15327 \(fn)" t nil)
15328
15329 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15330 Toggle Image minor mode.
15331 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15332 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15333
15334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15335
15336 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15337 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15338 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15339 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15340 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15341 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15342
15343 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15344 information on these modes.
15345
15346 \(fn)" t nil)
15347
15348 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15349 Not documented
15350
15351 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15352
15353 ;;;***
15354 \f
15355 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15356 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18787 48915))
15357 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15358
15359 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15360 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15361
15362 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15363
15364 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15365 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15366 in the buffer.
15367
15368 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15369
15370 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15371 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15372 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15373
15374 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15375
15376 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15377 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15378
15379 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15380 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15381 pattern's structure.
15382
15383 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15384 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15385 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15386 during matching.")
15387
15388 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15389
15390 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15391 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15392
15393 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15394 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15395 called within a `save-excursion'.
15396
15397 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15398
15399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15400
15401 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15402 Function for finding the next index position.
15403
15404 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15405 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15406 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15407 file.
15408
15409 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15410 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15411
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15413
15414 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15415 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15416
15417 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15418 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15419 It should return the name for that index item.")
15420
15421 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15422
15423 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15424 Function to compare string with index item.
15425
15426 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15427 non-nil if they match.
15428
15429 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15430 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15431 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15432 arguments match\".")
15433
15434 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15435
15436 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15437 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15438 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15439
15440 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15441
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15443
15444 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15445
15446 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15447 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15448 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15449 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15450
15451 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15452
15453 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15454 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15455
15456 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15457
15458 \(fn)" t nil)
15459
15460 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15461 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15462 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15463 for more information.
15464
15465 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15466
15467 ;;;***
15468 \f
15469 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15470 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15471 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18787 48929))
15472 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15473
15474 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15475 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15476
15477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15478
15479 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15480 Not documented
15481
15482 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15483
15484 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15485 Not documented
15486
15487 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15488
15489 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15490 Not documented
15491
15492 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15493
15494 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15495 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15496
15497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15498
15499 ;;;***
15500 \f
15501 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15502 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15503 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18787 48934))
15504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15505
15506 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15507 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15508 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15509 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15510 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15511
15512 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15513
15514 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15515 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15516
15517 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15518
15519 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15520 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15521 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15522 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15523 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15524 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15525 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15526 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15527
15528 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15529
15530 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15531 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15532 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15533 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15534 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15535
15536 This variable is only used if the variable
15537 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15538
15539 More precise choices:
15540 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15541 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15542 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15543
15544 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15545
15546 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15547
15548 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15549 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15550
15551 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15552 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15553 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15554 to that buffer.
15555 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15556 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15557 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15558 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15559
15560 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15561 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15562
15563 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15564
15565 ;;;***
15566 \f
15567 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15568 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15569 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15570 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18968 34618))
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15572
15573 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15574 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15575
15576 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15577 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15578 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15579
15580 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15581 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15582 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15583 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15584 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15585 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15586 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15587 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15588 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15589 with the top-level Info directory.
15590
15591 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15592 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15593 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15594 appended to the Info buffer name.
15595
15596 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15597 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15598 in all the directories in that path.
15599
15600 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15601
15602 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15603
15604 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15605 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15606
15607 \(fn)" t nil)
15608
15609 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15610 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15611 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15612 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15613
15614 \(fn)" nil nil)
15615
15616 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15617 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15618 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15619 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15620
15621 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15622
15623 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15624 Go to the Info directory node.
15625
15626 \(fn)" t nil)
15627
15628 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15629 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15630 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15631 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15632 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15633 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15634
15635 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15636
15637 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15638 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15639 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15640
15641 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15642
15643 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15644 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15645 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15646 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15647 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15648
15649 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15650 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15651
15652 Selecting other nodes:
15653 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15654 Follow a node reference you click on.
15655 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15656 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15657 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15658 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15659 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15660 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15661 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15662 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15663 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15664 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15665 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15666 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15667 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15668 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15669 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15670 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15671 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15672 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15673 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15674 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15675
15676 Moving within a node:
15677 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15678 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15679 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15680 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15681 move up to the parent node.
15682 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15683 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15684 if there is none.
15685 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15686
15687 Advanced commands:
15688 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15689 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15690 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15691 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15692 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15693 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15694 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15695 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15696 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15697 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15698 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15699 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15700 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15701 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15702 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15703
15704 \(fn)" nil nil)
15705 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15706
15707 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15708 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15709 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15710 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15711 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15712 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15713
15714 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15715 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15716
15717 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15718 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15719 KEY is a string.
15720 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15721 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15722 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15723 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15724
15725 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15726
15727 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15728 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15729 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15730
15731 \(fn)" t nil)
15732
15733 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15734 Not documented
15735
15736 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15737
15738 ;;;***
15739 \f
15740 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15741 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15742 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15743 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15744
15745 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15746 Throw away all cached data.
15747 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15748 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15749 system.
15750
15751 \(fn)" t nil)
15752 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15753
15754 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15755 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15756 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15757 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15758 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15759 one found at point.
15760
15761 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15762
15763 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15764 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15765
15766 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15767 Display the documentation of a file.
15768 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15769 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15770 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15771 The default file name is the one found at point.
15772
15773 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15774
15775 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15776
15777 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15778 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15779
15780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15781
15782 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15783 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15784
15785 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15786
15787 ;;;***
15788 \f
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15790 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18787 48915))
15791 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15792
15793 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15794 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15795
15796 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15797
15798 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15799 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15800 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15801
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15803
15804 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15805 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15806 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15807
15808 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15809 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15810 quite a while.
15811
15812 \(fn)" t nil)
15813
15814 ;;;***
15815 \f
15816 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15817 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18787 48916))
15818 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15819
15820 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15821 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15822
15823 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15824
15825 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15826 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15827
15828 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15829
15830 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15831 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15832 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15833 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15834
15835 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15836 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15837 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15838
15839 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15840 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15841 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15842 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15843
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15847 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15848 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15849
15850 \(fn)" t nil)
15851
15852 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15853 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15854 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15855 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15856 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15857
15858 \(fn)" nil nil)
15859
15860 ;;;***
15861 \f
15862 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15863 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15864 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15865 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15866
15867 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15868 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15869
15870 \(fn)" t nil)
15871
15872 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15873 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15874
15875 \(fn)" t nil)
15876
15877 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15878 Not documented
15879
15880 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15881
15882 ;;;***
15883 \f
15884 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18791
15885 ;;;;;; 16510))
15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15887
15888 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15889 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15890 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15891 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15892 accessed via isearchb.
15893
15894 \(fn)" t nil)
15895
15896 ;;;***
15897 \f
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15899 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15900 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15901 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18787 48928))
15902 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15903
15904 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15905 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15906 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15907 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15908 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15909
15910 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15911
15912 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15913 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15914 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15915 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15917
15918 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15919
15920 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15921 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15922 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15923 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15924 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15925
15926 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15927
15928 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15929 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15930 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15931 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15932 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15933
15934 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15935
15936 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15937 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15938 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15939 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15940 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15941
15942 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15943
15944 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15945 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15946 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15947 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15948 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15949
15950 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15951
15952 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15953 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15954 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15955 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15956 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15957
15958 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15959
15960 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15962 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15963 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15964
15965 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15966
15967 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15968 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15969 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15970 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15971
15972 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15973
15974 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15975 Warn that format is read-only.
15976
15977 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15978
15979 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15980 Warn that format is write-only.
15981
15982 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15983
15984 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15986
15987 \(fn)" t nil)
15988
15989 ;;;***
15990 \f
15991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15992 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15993 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15994 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15995 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15996 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15997
15998 ;;;***
15999 \f
16000 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16001 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16002 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16003 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16004 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18990 41424))
16005 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16006 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16007
16008 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16009 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16010 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16011 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16012 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16013
16014 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16015 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16016
16017 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16018 Key map for ispell menu.")
16019
16020 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16021 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16022 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16023 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16024
16025 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16026
16027 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16028
16029 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16030
16031 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16032
16033 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16034 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16035 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16036 Valid forms include:
16037 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16038 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16039 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16040 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16041
16042 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16043 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16044 First list is used raw.
16045 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16046
16047 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16048 for skipping in latex mode.")
16049
16050 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16051 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16052 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16053 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16054 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16055 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16056 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16057
16058 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16059 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16060 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16061 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16062
16063 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16064 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16065 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16066 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16067 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16068
16069 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16070 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16071
16072 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16073 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16074
16075 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16076 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16077
16078 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16079 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16080
16081 Return values:
16082 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16083 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16084 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16085 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16086 quit spell session exited.
16087
16088 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16089
16090 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16091 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16092 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16093
16094 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16095
16096 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16097 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16098
16099 Selections are:
16100
16101 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16102 SPC: Accept word this time.
16103 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16104 `a': Accept word for this session.
16105 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16106 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16107 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16108 `?': Show these commands.
16109 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16110 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16111 the aborted check to be completed later.
16112 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16113 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16114 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16115 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16116 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16117 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16118 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16119
16120 \(fn)" nil nil)
16121
16122 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16123 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16124 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16125
16126 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16127
16128 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16129 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16130 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16131 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16132
16133 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16134
16135 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16136
16137 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16138 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16139 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16140 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16141
16142 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16143
16144 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16145 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16146
16147 \(fn)" t nil)
16148
16149 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16150 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16151
16152 \(fn)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16155 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16156
16157 \(fn)" t nil)
16158
16159 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16160 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16161 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16162 sequence inside of a word.
16163
16164 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16165
16166 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16167
16168 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16169 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16170
16171 \(fn)" t nil)
16172
16173 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16174 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16175 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16176 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16177
16178 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16179 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16180 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16181 available on the net.
16182
16183 \(fn)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16186 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16187 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16188 otherwise turn it off.
16189
16190 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16191 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16192
16193 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16194 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16195
16196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16197
16198 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16199 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16200 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16201 Don't check included messages.
16202
16203 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16204 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16205 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16206
16207 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16208 in your .emacs file:
16209 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16210 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16211 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16212 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16213
16214 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16215 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16216 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16217
16218 \(fn)" t nil)
16219
16220 ;;;***
16221 \f
16222 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18787
16223 ;;;;;; 48916))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16225
16226 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16227 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16228 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16231 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16232
16233 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16234
16235 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16236 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16237 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16238 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16239 `iswitchb' for details.
16240
16241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16242
16243 ;;;***
16244 \f
16245 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16246 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16247 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16248 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18787 48929))
16249 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16250
16251 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16252 Not documented
16253
16254 \(fn)" nil nil)
16255
16256 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16257 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16258 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16259 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16260 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16261 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16262 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16263 necessary to represent OBJ.
16264
16265 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16266
16267 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16268 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16269 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16270 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16271
16272 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16273
16274 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16275 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16276 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16277 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16278 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16279
16280 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16281
16282 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16283 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16284 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16285 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16286
16287 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16288
16289 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16290 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16291 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16292 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16293
16294 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16295
16296 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16297 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16298
16299 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16300
16301 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16302 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16303 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16304 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16305 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16306
16307 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16308
16309 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16310 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16311 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16312 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16313 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16314
16315 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16316
16317 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16318 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16319 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16320
16321 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16322
16323 ;;;***
16324 \f
16325 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16326 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18787 48916))
16327 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16328
16329 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16330 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16331 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16332 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16333
16334 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16335 Not documented
16336
16337 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16338
16339 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16340 Uninstall jka-compr.
16341 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16342 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16343 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16344
16345 \(fn)" nil nil)
16346
16347 ;;;***
16348 \f
16349 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16350 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16351 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
16352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16353
16354 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16355 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16356 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16357 decimal key must be specified.")
16358
16359 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16360
16361 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16362 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16363 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16364 decimal key must be specified.")
16365
16366 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16367
16368 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16369 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16370 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16371 decimal key must be specified.")
16372
16373 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16374
16375 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16376 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16377 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16378 decimal key must be specified.")
16379
16380 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16381
16382 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16383 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16384 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16385 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16386 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16387 keys are bound.
16388
16389 Setup Binding
16390 -------------------------------------------------------------
16391 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16392 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16393 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16394 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16395 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16396 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16397 in the global and local keymaps.
16398
16399 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16400 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16401
16402 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16403
16404 ;;;***
16405 \f
16406 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16407 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16409
16410 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16411 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16412 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16413
16414 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16415 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16416 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16417 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16418 shorter.
16419
16420 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16421 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16422 the context of text formatting.
16423
16424 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16425
16426 ;;;***
16427 \f
16428 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18787
16429 ;;;;;; 48928))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16431
16432 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16433 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16434 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16435 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16436 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16437 positions that contains the current selection.")
16438
16439 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16440 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16441 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16442 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16443 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16444 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16445 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16446
16447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16448
16449 ;;;***
16450 \f
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16452 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16453 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16454 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18791 16510))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16456 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16457 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16458 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16459 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16460 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16461 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16462 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16463
16464 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16465 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16466
16467 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16468
16469 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16470 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16471 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16472 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16473 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16474
16475 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16476
16477 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16478 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16479 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16480
16481 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16482 defining the macro.
16483
16484 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16485 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16486 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16487
16488 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16489 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16490
16491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16492
16493 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16494 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16495 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16496 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16497 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16498 under that name.
16499
16500 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16501 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16502 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16503
16504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16505
16506 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16507 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16508 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16509
16510 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16511 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16512 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16513 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16514
16515 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16516 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16517
16518 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16519
16520 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16521 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16522 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16523
16524 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16525 macro.
16526
16527 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16528 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16529
16530 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16531 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16532 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16533
16534 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16535 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16536
16537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16538
16539 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16540 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16541 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16542 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16543
16544 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16545
16546 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16547 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16548 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16549 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16550
16551 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16552 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16553
16554 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16555
16556 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16557 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16558 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16559
16560 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16561
16562 ;;;***
16563 \f
16564 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16565 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19002 15344))
16566 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16567
16568 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16569 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16570 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16571
16572 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16573 Not documented
16574
16575 \(fn)" nil nil)
16576
16577 ;;;***
16578 \f
16579 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16580 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
16581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16582
16583 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16584
16585 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16586 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16587
16588 \(fn)" t nil)
16589
16590 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16591
16592 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16593 Start or resume an Lm game.
16594 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16595 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16596
16597 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16598 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16599 none / 1 | yes | no
16600 2 | yes | yes
16601 3 | no | yes
16602 4 | no | no
16603
16604 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16605 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16606 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16607
16608 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16609
16610 ;;;***
16611 \f
16612 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16613 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16614 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18787 48929))
16615 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16616
16617 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16618 Not documented
16619
16620 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16621
16622 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16623 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16624 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16625 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16626 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16627 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16628
16629 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16630 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16631
16632 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16633
16634 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16635 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16636
16637 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16638
16639 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16640 Not documented
16641
16642 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16643
16644 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16645 Not documented
16646
16647 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16648
16649 ;;;***
16650 \f
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16652 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16653 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18787 48928))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16655
16656 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16657 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16658 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16659 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16660
16661 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16662
16663 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16664 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16665 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16666
16667 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16668
16669 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16670 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16671 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16672
16673 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16674
16675 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16676 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16677 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16678 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16679
16680 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16681
16682 ;;;***
16683 \f
16684 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16685 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18787 48928))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16687
16688 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16689 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16690 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16691 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16692 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16693 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16694 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16695 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16696
16697 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16698 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16699
16700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16701 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16702
16703 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16704
16705 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16706 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16707 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16708 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16709 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16710 `latin1-display-setup'.
16711
16712 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16713
16714 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16715 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16716 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16717 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16718
16719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16720 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16721
16722 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16723
16724 ;;;***
16725 \f
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16727 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16729
16730 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16731
16732 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16733
16734 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16735 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16736
16737 \(fn)" t nil)
16738
16739 ;;;***
16740 \f
16741 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16742 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
16743 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16744
16745 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16746 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16747
16748 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16749 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16750
16751 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16752 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16753
16754 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16755 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16756 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16757 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16758 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16759 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16760 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16761 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16762 and transmit saved text.
16763
16764 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16765 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16766 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16767
16768 \(fn)" t nil)
16769
16770 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16771 Not documented
16772
16773 \(fn)" nil nil)
16774
16775 ;;;***
16776 \f
16777 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18787 48933))
16778 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16779
16780 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16781 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16782 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16783 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16784 generations (this defaults to 1).
16785
16786 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16787
16788 ;;;***
16789 \f
16790 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16791 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18803 15399))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16793
16794 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16795 Format used to display line numbers.
16796 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16797 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16798 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16799 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16800
16801 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16802
16803 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16804 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16805
16806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16807
16808 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16809 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16810 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16813 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16814
16815 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16816
16817 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16818 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16819 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16820 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16821 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16822
16823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16824
16825 ;;;***
16826 \f
16827 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18787
16828 ;;;;;; 48916))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16830
16831 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16832 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16833 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16834 is nil, raise an error.
16835
16836 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16837 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16838 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16839 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16840 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16841 defined by the library.
16842
16843 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16844 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16845 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16846 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16847 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16848 proceeds.
16849
16850 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16851 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16852 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16853 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16854
16855 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16856
16857 ;;;***
16858 \f
16859 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16860 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18787 48916))
16861 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16862
16863 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16864 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16865 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16866
16867 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16868
16869 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16870 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16871 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16872 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16873
16874 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16875 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16876 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16877 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16878 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16879 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16880 the version.)
16881
16882 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16883 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16884
16885 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16886 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16887
16888 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16889
16890 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16891
16892 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16893 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16894 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16895 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16896 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16897 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16898 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16899 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16900 to constrain a big search.
16901
16902 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16903
16904 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16905 except that FILTER is not optional.
16906
16907 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16908
16909 ;;;***
16910 \f
16911 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18787 48916))
16912 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16913
16914 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16915 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16916 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16917 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16918 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16919 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16920 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16921 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16922
16923 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16924 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16925 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16926 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16927 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16928
16929 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16930 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16931 uses the current buffer.
16932
16933 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16934
16935 ;;;***
16936 \f
16937 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18906
16938 ;;;;;; 45083))
16939 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16940
16941 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16942 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16943
16944 \(fn)" t nil)
16945
16946 ;;;***
16947 \f
16948 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18787
16949 ;;;;;; 48916))
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16951
16952 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16953 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16954 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16955 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16956 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16957
16958 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16959 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16960 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16961
16962 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16963 are indicated with a symbol.
16964
16965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16966
16967 ;;;***
16968 \f
16969 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16970 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18787
16971 ;;;;;; 48916))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16973
16974 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
16975
16976 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16977
16978 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
16979 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16980 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16981
16982 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16983 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16984
16985 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16986 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16987 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16988 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16989 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16990 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16991 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16992
16993 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16994
16995 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16996 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16997 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16998 switch on this list.
16999 See `lpr-command'.")
17000
17001 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17002
17003 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17004 Name of program for printing a file.
17005
17006 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17007 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17008 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17009 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17010 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17011 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17012 argument.")
17013
17014 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17015
17016 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17017 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17018 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17019 for customization of the printer command.
17020
17021 \(fn)" t nil)
17022
17023 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17024 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17025
17026 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17027 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17028 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17029 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17030
17031 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17032 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17033
17034 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17035 for further customization of the printer command.
17036
17037 \(fn)" t nil)
17038
17039 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17040 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17042 for customization of the printer command.
17043
17044 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17045
17046 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17047 Paginate and print the region contents.
17048
17049 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17050 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17051 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17052 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17053
17054 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17055 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17056
17057 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17058 for further customization of the printer command.
17059
17060 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17061
17062 ;;;***
17063 \f
17064 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17065 ;;;;;; (18893 13105))
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17067
17068 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17069 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17070 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17071
17072 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17073
17074 ;;;***
17075 \f
17076 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18794
17077 ;;;;;; 5654))
17078 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17079
17080 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17081 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17082 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17083 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17084
17085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17086
17087 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17088
17089 ;;;***
17090 \f
17091 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18787
17092 ;;;;;; 48934))
17093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17094
17095 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17096 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17097 \\{m4-mode-map}
17098
17099 \(fn)" t nil)
17100
17101 ;;;***
17102 \f
17103 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17104 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
17105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17106
17107 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17108 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17109 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17110 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17111 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17112
17113 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17114
17115 ;;;***
17116 \f
17117 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17118 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18787 48916))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17120
17121 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17122 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17123 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17124 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17125 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17126
17127 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17128
17129 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17130 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17131 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17132 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17133
17134 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17135 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17136 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17137 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17138 bindings.
17139
17140 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17141 use this command, and then save the file.
17142
17143 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17144
17145 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17146 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17147 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17148 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17149 each time the macro executes.
17150 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17151 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17152 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17153 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17154 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17155 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17156 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17157
17158 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17159
17160 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17161 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17162 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17163 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17164
17165 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17166 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17167 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17168 execute.
17169
17170 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17171 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17172
17173 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17174 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17175 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17176 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17177 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17178
17179 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17180 looked like this:
17181
17182 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17183 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17184 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17185
17186 You could enter the names in this format:
17187
17188 foo
17189 bar
17190 baz
17191
17192 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17193
17194 \\C-x (
17195 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17196 \\C-x )
17197
17198 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17199 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17200
17201 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17202 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17203
17204 ;;;***
17205 \f
17206 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17207 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18787 48929))
17208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17209
17210 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17211 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17212 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17213 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17214 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17215 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17216
17217 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17218 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17219 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17220 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17221 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17222
17223 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17224 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17225 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17226 consing a string.)
17227
17228 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17229
17230 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17231 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17232
17233 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17234
17235 ;;;***
17236 \f
17237 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17238 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17239 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17240 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17241
17242 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17243 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17244
17245 \(fn)" nil nil)
17246
17247 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17248 Not documented
17249
17250 \(fn)" nil nil)
17251
17252 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17253 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17254
17255 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17256
17257 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17258 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17259 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17260 message.
17261
17262 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17263
17264 \(fn)" nil nil)
17265
17266 ;;;***
17267 \f
17268 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17269 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17270 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
17271 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17273
17274 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17275 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17276 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17277 often correct parser.")
17278
17279 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17280
17281 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17282 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17283
17284 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17285
17286 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17287 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17288 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17289 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17290
17291 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17292
17293 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17294 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17295 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17296 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17297
17298 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17299
17300 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17301 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17302 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17303 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17304
17305 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17306
17307 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17308 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17309 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17310 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17311 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17312 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17313 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17314 as Rmail does.
17315
17316 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17317
17318 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17319 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17320 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17321 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17322 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17323 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17324 matches may be returned from the message body.
17325
17326 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17327
17328 ;;;***
17329 \f
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17331 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18873
17332 ;;;;;; 47506))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17334
17335 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17336 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17337 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17340 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17341
17342 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17343
17344 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17345 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17346
17347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17348
17349 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17350 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17351
17352 \(fn)" nil nil)
17353
17354 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17355 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17356 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17357
17358 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17359
17360 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17361 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17362 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17363
17364 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17365 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17366 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17367 double-quotes.
17368
17369 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17370
17371 ;;;***
17372 \f
17373 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17374 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18876
17375 ;;;;;; 22343))
17376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17377
17378 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17379 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17380 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17381 king@grassland.com
17382 If `parens', they look like:
17383 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17384 If `angles', they look like:
17385 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17386
17387 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17388
17389 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17390 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17391 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17392 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17393 their `Resent-' variants.
17394
17395 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17396 removed from alias expansions.
17397
17398 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17399
17400 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17401 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17402 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17403
17404 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17405 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17406 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17407 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17408
17409 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17410
17411 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17412 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17413 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17414 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17415
17416 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17417
17418 ;;;***
17419 \f
17420 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17421 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
17422 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17423
17424 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17425 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17426 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17427 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17428
17429 \(fn)" nil nil)
17430
17431 ;;;***
17432 \f
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17434 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17435 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18787 48934))
17436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17437
17438 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17439 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17440
17441 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17442 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17443 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17444 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17445 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17446 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17447
17448 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17449 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17450 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17451 dependency, despite the colon.
17452
17453 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17454
17455 In the browser, use the following keys:
17456
17457 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17458
17459 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17460
17461 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17462 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17463
17464 `makefile-target-colon':
17465 The string that gets appended to all target names
17466 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17467 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17468
17469 `makefile-macro-assign':
17470 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17471 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17472 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17473 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17474 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17475 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17476
17477 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17478 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17479 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17480
17481 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17482 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17483
17484 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17485 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17486 up or down in the browser.
17487
17488 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17489 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17490
17491 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17492 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17493
17494 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17495 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17496 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17497 has been selected in the browser.
17498
17499 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17500 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17501 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17502 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17503 filenames are omitted.
17504
17505 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17506 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17507 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17508 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17509 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17510 the backslash itself intact.
17511 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17512 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17513
17514 `makefile-browser-hook':
17515 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17516 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17517
17518 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17519 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17520 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17521 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17522
17523 \(fn)" t nil)
17524
17525 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17526 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17527
17528 \(fn)" t nil)
17529
17530 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17531 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17532
17533 \(fn)" t nil)
17534
17535 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17536 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17537
17538 \(fn)" t nil)
17539
17540 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17541 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17542
17543 \(fn)" t nil)
17544
17545 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17546 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17547
17548 \(fn)" t nil)
17549
17550 ;;;***
17551 \f
17552 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18787
17553 ;;;;;; 48916))
17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17555
17556 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17557 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17558 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17559
17560 \(fn)" t nil)
17561
17562 ;;;***
17563 \f
17564 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18871 14695))
17565 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17566
17567 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17568
17569 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17570 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17571 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17572 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17573 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17574 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17575 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17576
17577 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17578 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17579 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17580 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17581
17582 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17583
17584 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17585 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17586
17587 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17588
17589 ;;;***
17590 \f
17591 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18787 48916))
17592 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17593
17594 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17595 Toggle Master mode.
17596 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17597 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17598 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17599
17600 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17601 following commands:
17602
17603 \\{master-mode-map}
17604
17605 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17606 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17607 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17608
17609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17610
17611 ;;;***
17612 \f
17613 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17614 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
17615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17616
17617 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17618 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17619 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17621 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17622 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17623
17624 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17625
17626 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17627 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17628 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17629 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17630 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17631
17632 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17633 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17634
17635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17636
17637 ;;;***
17638 \f
17639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18863 60800))
17640 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17641
17642 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17643
17644 ;;;***
17645 \f
17646 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17647 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17648 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17649 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17650 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17651 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17652 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18844 39826))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17654
17655 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17656
17657 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17658 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17659 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17660 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17661 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17662 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17663 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17664 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17665 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17666 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17667 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17668 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17669 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17670 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17671 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17672 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17673 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17674 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17675 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17676 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17677 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17678 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17679 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17680 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17681 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17682 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17683 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17684 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17685 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17686 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17687 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17688 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17689 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17690 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17691 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17692 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17693 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17694 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17695
17696 \(fn)" t nil)
17697
17698 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17699 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17700 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17701 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17702 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17703
17704 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17705
17706 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17707 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17708
17709 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17710
17711 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17712 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17713
17714 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17715
17716 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17717 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17718
17719 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17720
17721 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17722 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17723 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17724
17725 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17726
17727 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17728 Cancel an article you posted.
17729 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17730
17731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17732
17733 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17734 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17735 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17736 header line with the old Message-ID.
17737
17738 \(fn)" t nil)
17739
17740 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17741 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17742
17743 \(fn)" t nil)
17744
17745 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17746 Forward the current message via mail.
17747 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17748 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17749
17750 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17751
17752 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17753 Not documented
17754
17755 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17756
17757 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17758 Not documented
17759
17760 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17761
17762 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17763 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17764
17765 \(fn)" t nil)
17766
17767 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17768 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17769
17770 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17771
17772 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17773 Re-mail the current message.
17774 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17775 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17776 you.
17777
17778 \(fn)" t nil)
17779
17780 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17781 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17782
17783 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17784
17785 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17786 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17787
17788 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17789
17790 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17791 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17792
17793 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17794
17795 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17796 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17797
17798 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17801 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17802 Works by overstriking characters.
17803 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17804 which specify the range to operate on.
17805
17806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17807
17808 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17809 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17810 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17811 which specify the range to operate on.
17812
17813 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17814
17815 ;;;***
17816 \f
17817 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17818 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
17819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17820
17821 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17822 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17823 Special commands:
17824 \\{meta-mode-map}
17825
17826 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17827 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17828
17829 \(fn)" t nil)
17830
17831 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17832 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17833 Special commands:
17834 \\{meta-mode-map}
17835
17836 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17837 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17838
17839 \(fn)" t nil)
17840
17841 ;;;***
17842 \f
17843 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17844 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17845 ;;;;;; (18829 2708))
17846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17847
17848 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17849 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17850 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17851
17852 \(fn)" t nil)
17853
17854 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17855 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17856 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17857 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17858 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17859 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17860 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17861
17862 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17863
17864 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17865 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17866 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17867 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17868 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17869 means current).
17870 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17871 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17872
17873 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17874
17875 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17876 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17877 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17878 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17879 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17880 means current).
17881 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17882 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17883
17884 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17885
17886 ;;;***
17887 \f
17888 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17889 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17890 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18813 56068))
17891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17892
17893 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17894 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17895 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17896
17897 \(fn)" t nil)
17898
17899 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17900 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17901 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17902
17903 \(fn)" t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17906 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17907
17908 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17909 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17910 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17911
17912 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17913 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17914
17915 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17916 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17917
17918 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17919
17920 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17921
17922 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17923 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17924 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17925 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17926 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17927 as `compose-mail'.
17928
17929 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17930 initial Subject field, respectively.
17931
17932 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17933 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17934 are strings.
17935
17936 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17937 ignored.
17938
17939 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17940
17941 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17942 Save draft and send message.
17943
17944 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17945 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17946 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17947 Mail Delivery*\".
17948
17949 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17950 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17951 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17952
17953 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17954 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17955 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17956 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17957 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17958 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17959
17960 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17961 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17962
17963 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17964 message and scan line.
17965
17966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17967
17968 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17969 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17970
17971 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17972 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17973 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17974 delete the draft message.
17975
17976 \(fn)" t nil)
17977
17978 ;;;***
17979 \f
17980 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18995 59134))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17982
17983 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17984
17985 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17986
17987 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17988
17989 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17990 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17991
17992 \(fn)" t nil)
17993
17994 ;;;***
17995 \f
17996 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17997 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18813 56068))
17998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17999
18000 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18001 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18002 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18003
18004 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18005 the MH mail system.
18006
18007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18008
18009 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18010 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18011 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18012
18013 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18014 the MH mail system.
18015
18016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18017
18018 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18019 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18020
18021 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18022 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18023 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18024 separate command.
18025
18026 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18027 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18028 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18029 format.
18030
18031 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18032
18033 Ranges
18034 ======
18035 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18036 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18037 can be used in several ways.
18038
18039 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18040 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18041 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18042 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18043 page):
18044
18045 <num1>-<num2>
18046 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18047 The range must be nonempty.
18048
18049 <num>:N
18050 <num>:+N
18051 <num>:-N
18052 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18053 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18054 last.
18055
18056 first:N
18057 prev:N
18058 next:N
18059 last:N
18060 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18061
18062 all
18063 All of the messages.
18064
18065 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18066 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18067
18068 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18069 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18070 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18071
18072 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18073
18074 \(fn)" t nil)
18075
18076 ;;;***
18077 \f
18078 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18079 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18875 4271))
18080 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18081
18082 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18083 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18084 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18085 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18086 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18087 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18088 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18089 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18090 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18091 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18092 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18093
18094 \(fn)" t nil)
18095
18096 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18097 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18098 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18099 to its second argument TM.
18100
18101 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18102
18103 ;;;***
18104 \f
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18106 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18787 48916))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18108
18109 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18110 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18111 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18113 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18114 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18115
18116 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18117
18118 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18119 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18120 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18121 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18122 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18123 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18124 default indication.
18125
18126 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18127 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18128
18129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18130
18131 ;;;***
18132 \f
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18787 48917))
18134 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18135
18136 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18137 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18138 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18139 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18140 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18141 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18142 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18143 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18144 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18145
18146 \(fn)" t nil)
18147
18148 ;;;***
18149 \f
18150 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18151 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18152 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18787 48917))
18153 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18154 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18155
18156 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18157 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18158
18159 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18160 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18161 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18162 next occurrence.
18163
18164 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18165 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18166 end of the search space).
18167
18168 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18169 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18170 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18171 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18172 should return the previous buffer to search.
18173
18174 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18175 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18176 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18177
18178 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18179 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18180 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18181 Isearch starts.")
18182
18183 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18184 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18185 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18186
18187 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18188 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18189 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18190
18191 \(fn)" nil nil)
18192
18193 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18194 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18195
18196 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18197
18198 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18199 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18200
18201 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18202
18203 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18204 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18205
18206 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18207
18208 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18209 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18210
18211 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18212
18213 ;;;***
18214 \f
18215 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18216 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
18217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18218
18219 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18220 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18221 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18222
18223 \(fn)" t nil)
18224
18225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18226
18227 ;;;***
18228 \f
18229 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18230 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18787 48926))
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18232
18233 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18234 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18235
18236 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18237
18238 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18239 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18240 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18241 the entire message.
18242 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18243
18244 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18245
18246 ;;;***
18247 \f
18248 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18249 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18251
18252 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18253 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18254 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18255 the entire message.
18256 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18257
18258 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18259
18260 ;;;***
18261 \f
18262 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18263 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18791 16521))
18264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18265
18266 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18267 Insert file contents of URL.
18268 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18269
18270 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18271
18272 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18273 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18274
18275 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18276
18277 ;;;***
18278 \f
18279 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18280 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18787 48926))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18282
18283 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18284 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18285 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18286 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18287 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18288
18289 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18290
18291 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18292 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18293 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18294
18295 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18296
18297 ;;;***
18298 \f
18299 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18300 ;;;;;; (18791 16522))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18302
18303 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18304 Not documented
18305
18306 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18307
18308 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18309 Not documented
18310
18311 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18312
18313 ;;;***
18314 \f
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18316 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18317 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18787 48926))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18319
18320 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18321 Not documented
18322
18323 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18324
18325 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18326 Not documented
18327
18328 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18329
18330 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18331 Not documented
18332
18333 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18334
18335 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18336 Not documented
18337
18338 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18339
18340 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18341 Not documented
18342
18343 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18344
18345 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18346 Not documented
18347
18348 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18349
18350 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18351 Not documented
18352
18353 \(fn)" nil nil)
18354
18355 ;;;***
18356 \f
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18358 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18360
18361 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18362 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18363 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18364 followed by the first character of the construct.
18365 \\<m2-mode-map>
18366 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18367 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18368 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18369 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18370 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18371 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18372 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18373 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18374 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18375 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18376 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18377 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18378 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18379 \\[m2-link] link
18380
18381 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18382 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18383 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18384
18385 \(fn)" t nil)
18386
18387 ;;;***
18388 \f
18389 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18390 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18392
18393 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18394 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18395
18396 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18397
18398 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18399 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18400
18401 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18402
18403 ;;;***
18404 \f
18405 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18406 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18787 48917))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18408
18409 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18410 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18411
18412 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18413 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18414 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18415
18416 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18417 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18418 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18419
18420 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18421 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18422
18423 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18424 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18425 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18426 hemisphere you're in.)
18427
18428 To test this function, evaluate:
18429 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18430
18431 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18432
18433 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18434 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18435
18436 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18437 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18438
18439 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18440 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18441 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18442
18443 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18444 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18445
18446 To test this function, evaluate:
18447 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18448
18449 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18450
18451 ;;;***
18452 \f
18453 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18787
18454 ;;;;;; 48917))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18456
18457 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18458 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18459 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18462 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18463
18464 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18465
18466 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18467 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18468 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18469 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18470
18471 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18472
18473 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18474
18475 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18476
18477 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18478 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18479 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18480 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18481 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18482 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18483
18484 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18485 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18486 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18487 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18488 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18489
18490 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18491 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18492
18493 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18494 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18495
18496 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18497
18498 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18499 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18500 primary selection and region.
18501
18502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18503
18504 ;;;***
18505 \f
18506 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18791 16529))
18507 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18508
18509 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18510 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18511
18512 \(fn)" t nil)
18513
18514 ;;;***
18515 \f
18516 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18787 48917))
18517 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18518
18519 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18520 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18521 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18524 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18525
18526 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18527
18528 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18529 Toggle Msb mode.
18530 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18531 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18532 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18533
18534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18535
18536 ;;;***
18537 \f
18538 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18539 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18540 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18541 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18542 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18543 ;;;;;; (19000 65520))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18545
18546 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18547 Display a list of all character sets.
18548
18549 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18550 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18551 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18552 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18553 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18554
18555 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18556 but still shows the full information.
18557
18558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18559
18560 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18561 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18562 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18563
18564 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18565 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18566 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18567 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18568 meanings of these arguments.
18569
18570 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18571
18572 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18573 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18574
18575 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18576
18577 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18578 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18579
18580 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18581
18582 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18583 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18584
18585 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18586
18587 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18588 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18589
18590 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18591 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18592 in place of `..':
18593 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18594 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18595 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18596 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18597 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18598 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18599 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18600 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18601 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18602 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18603 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18604 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18605 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18606 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18607 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18608 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18609
18610 \(fn)" t nil)
18611
18612 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18614
18615 \(fn)" t nil)
18616
18617 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18618 Display a list of all coding systems.
18619 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18620
18621 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18622 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18623
18624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18625
18626 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18627 Display a list of all coding categories.
18628
18629 \(fn)" nil nil)
18630
18631 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18632 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18633 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18634
18635 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18636
18637 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display information about FONTSET.
18639 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18640
18641 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18642
18643 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display a list of all fontsets.
18645 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18646 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18647 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18648
18649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18650
18651 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18652 Display information about all input methods.
18653
18654 \(fn)" t nil)
18655
18656 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18657 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18658
18659 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18660 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18661 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18662 system which uses fontsets).
18663
18664 \(fn)" t nil)
18665
18666 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18667 Show log of font listing and opening.
18668 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18669 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18670
18671 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18672
18673 ;;;***
18674 \f
18675 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18676 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18677 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18678 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18679 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18680 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18787 48928))
18681 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18682
18683 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18684 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18685 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18686
18687 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18688
18689 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18690
18691 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18692 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18693
18694 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18695 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18696
18697 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18698 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18699
18700 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18701
18702 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18703 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18704 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18705 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18706 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18707 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18708 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18709
18710 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18711 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18712 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18713 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18714 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18715 middle of a character in STR.
18716
18717 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18718 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18719
18720 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18721 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18722 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18723 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18724 defaults to \"...\".
18725
18726 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18727
18728 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18729 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18730
18731 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18732 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18733 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18734
18735 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18736 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18737 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18738
18739 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18740 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18741 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18742 are considered.
18743 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18744 longer than KEYSEQ.
18745 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18746
18747 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18748
18749 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18750 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18751 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18752 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18753 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18754 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18755 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18756 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18757 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18758 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18759 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18760
18761 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18762
18763 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18764 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18765
18766 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18767
18768 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18769 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18770
18771 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18772
18773 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18774 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18775
18776 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18777
18778 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18779 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18780
18781 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18782
18783 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18784 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18785 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18786 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18787 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18788
18789 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18790
18791 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18792 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18793 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18794 coding systems ordered by priority.
18795
18796 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18797
18798 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18799 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18800 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18801 language environment LANG-ENV.
18802
18803 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18804
18805 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18806 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18807 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18808 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18809 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18810 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18811
18812 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18813
18814 ;;;***
18815 \f
18816 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18817 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
18818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18819
18820 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18821 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18822 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18825 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18826
18827 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18828
18829 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18830 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18831 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18832 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18833
18834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18835
18836 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18837 Enable mouse wheel support.
18838
18839 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18840
18841 ;;;***
18842 \f
18843 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18844 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18845 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18846 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18787 48930))
18847 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18848
18849 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18850 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18851
18852 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18853
18854 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18855 Ping HOST.
18856 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18857 `ping-program-options'.
18858
18859 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18860
18861 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18862 Run ifconfig program.
18863
18864 \(fn)" t nil)
18865
18866 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18867
18868 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18869 Run iwconfig program.
18870
18871 \(fn)" t nil)
18872
18873 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18874 Run netstat program.
18875
18876 \(fn)" t nil)
18877
18878 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18879 Run arp program.
18880
18881 \(fn)" t nil)
18882
18883 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18884 Run route program.
18885
18886 \(fn)" t nil)
18887
18888 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18889 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18890
18891 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18892
18893 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18894 Run nslookup program.
18895
18896 \(fn)" t nil)
18897
18898 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18899 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18900
18901 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18902
18903 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18904 Run dig program.
18905
18906 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18907
18908 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18909 Run ftp program.
18910
18911 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18912
18913 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18914 Finger USER on HOST.
18915
18916 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18917
18918 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18919 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18920 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18921 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18922
18923 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18924
18925 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18926 Not documented
18927
18928 \(fn)" t nil)
18929
18930 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18931 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18932
18933 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18936 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18937
18938 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18939
18940 ;;;***
18941 \f
18942 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18943 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18944 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18945 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18946 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18947 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18971 24136))
18948 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18949
18950 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18951
18952 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18953
18954 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18955
18956 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18957
18958 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18959 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18960 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18961 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18962 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18963 Major modes should set this variable.")
18964
18965 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18966 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18967 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18968 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18969 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18970 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18971
18972 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18973 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18974
18975 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18976 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18977 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18978
18979 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18980 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18981 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18982 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18983 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18984
18985 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18986 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18987 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18988
18989 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18990 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18991 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18992 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18993
18994 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18995 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18996 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18997 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18998 column indentation or nil.
18999 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19000
19001 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19002 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19003 The function has no args.
19004
19005 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19006 comments always start in column zero.")
19007
19008 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19009 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19010 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19011
19012 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19013
19014 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19015 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19016 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19017 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19018
19019 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19020 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19021
19022 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19023
19024 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19025 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19026 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19027 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19028 customize this variable.
19029
19030 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19031 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19032
19033 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19034
19035 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19036 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19037 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19038 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19039 the variables are properly set.
19040
19041 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19042
19043 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19044 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19045
19046 \(fn)" nil nil)
19047
19048 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19049 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19050 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19051
19052 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19053
19054 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19055 Set the comment column based on point.
19056 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19057 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19058 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19059 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19060
19061 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19062
19063 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19064 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19065 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19066
19067 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19068
19069 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19070 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19071 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19072 comment markers.
19073
19074 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19075
19076 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19077 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19078 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19079 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19080 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19081
19082 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19083 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19084 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19085
19086 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19087 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19088 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19089 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19090 changed with `comment-style'.
19091
19092 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19093
19094 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19095 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19096 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19097 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19098
19099 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19100
19101 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19102 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19103 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19104 is passed on to the respective function.
19105
19106 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19107
19108 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19109 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19110 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19111 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19112 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19113 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19114 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19115 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19116 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19117 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19118
19119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19120
19121 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19122 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19123 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19124
19125 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19126
19127 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19128 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19129 This indents the body of the continued comment
19130 under the previous comment line.
19131
19132 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19133 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19134 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19135
19136 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19137 or comment indentation.
19138
19139 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19140 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19141
19142 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19143
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19147 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18810 5074))
19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19149
19150 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19151 Check whether newsticker is running.
19152 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19153 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19154
19155 \(fn)" nil nil)
19156
19157 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19158 Start the newsticker.
19159 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19160 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19161 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19162 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19163
19164 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19165
19166 ;;;***
19167 \f
19168 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19169 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19171
19172 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19173 Start newsticker plainview.
19174
19175 \(fn)" t nil)
19176
19177 ;;;***
19178 \f
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19180 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19182
19183 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19184 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19185
19186 \(fn)" t nil)
19187
19188 ;;;***
19189 \f
19190 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19191 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18787 48930))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19193
19194 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19195 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19196 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19197 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19198 empty.
19199
19200 \(fn)" nil nil)
19201
19202 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19203 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19204 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19205 running already.
19206
19207 \(fn)" t nil)
19208
19209 ;;;***
19210 \f
19211 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19212 ;;;;;; (18918 21796))
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19214
19215 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19216 Start newsticker treeview.
19217
19218 \(fn)" t nil)
19219
19220 ;;;***
19221 \f
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19223 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19225
19226 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19227 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19228
19229 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19230
19231 ;;;***
19232 \f
19233 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18787
19234 ;;;;;; 48926))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19236
19237 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19238 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19239 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19240 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19241 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19242 symbol in the alist.
19243
19244 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19245
19246 ;;;***
19247 \f
19248 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19249 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
19250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19251
19252 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19253 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19254 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19255
19256 \(fn)" t nil)
19257
19258 ;;;***
19259 \f
19260 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19261 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19263
19264 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19265 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19266 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19267
19268 \(fn)" t nil)
19269
19270 ;;;***
19271 \f
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19273 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19275
19276 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19277 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19278
19279 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19280
19281 ;;;***
19282 \f
19283 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19284 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18787 48927))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19286
19287 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19288 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19289
19290 \(fn)" t nil)
19291
19292 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19293 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19294
19295 \(fn)" t nil)
19296
19297 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19298 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19299
19300 \(fn)" t nil)
19301
19302 ;;;***
19303 \f
19304 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19305 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18787 48917))
19306 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19307
19308 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19309 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19310 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19311
19312 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19313
19314 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19315 Not documented
19316
19317 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19318
19319 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19320 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19321 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19322 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19323 to future sessions.
19324
19325 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19326
19327 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19328 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19329 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19330 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19331 to future sessions.
19332
19333 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19334
19335 ;;;***
19336 \f
19337 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19338 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19340
19341 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19342 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19343 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19344 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19345 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19346 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19347
19348 \(fn)" t nil)
19349
19350 ;;;***
19351 \f
19352 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19353 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19355
19356 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19357 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19358 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19359 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19360
19361 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19362
19363 ;;;***
19364 \f
19365 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18787
19366 ;;;;;; 48931))
19367 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19368
19369 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19370 Major mode for editing XML.
19371
19372 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19373 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19374 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19375 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19376 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19377 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19378 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19379
19380 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19381
19382 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19383 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19384
19385 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19386 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19387 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19388 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19389 instead of C-c.
19390
19391 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19392 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19393 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19394 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19395 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19396 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19397
19398 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19399 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19400 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19401
19402 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19403 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19404 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19405
19406 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19407 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19408 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19409 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19410 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19411 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19412 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19413 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19414 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19415
19416 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19417
19418 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19419 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19420
19421 \(fn)" t nil)
19422
19423 ;;;***
19424 \f
19425 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19426 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18787 48931))
19427 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19428
19429 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19430 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19431 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19432 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19433
19434 \(fn)" t nil)
19435
19436 ;;;***
19437 \f
19438 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19439 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
19440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19441
19442 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19443 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19444 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19445
19446 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19447
19448 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19449 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19450
19451 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19452 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19453 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19454
19455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19456
19457 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19458
19459 ;;;***
19460 \f
19461 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19462 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
19463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19464
19465 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19466 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19467
19468 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19469 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19470 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19471 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19472
19473 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19474 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19475 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19476 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19477 is why you need this mode!).
19478
19479 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19480 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19481 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19482
19483 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19484
19485 Keybindings
19486 ===========
19487
19488 \\{octave-mode-map}
19489
19490 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19491 ==============================================
19492
19493 `octave-auto-indent'
19494 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19495 Default is nil.
19496
19497 `octave-auto-newline'
19498 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19499 Default is nil.
19500
19501 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19502 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19503 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19504
19505 `octave-block-offset'
19506 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19507 Default is 2.
19508
19509 `octave-continuation-offset'
19510 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19511 Default is 4.
19512
19513 `octave-continuation-string'
19514 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19515 Default is a backslash.
19516
19517 `octave-send-echo-input'
19518 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19519 command to the inferior Octave process.
19520
19521 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19522 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19523 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19524
19525 `octave-send-echo-input'
19526 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19527
19528 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19529
19530 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19531 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19532
19533 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19534
19535 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19536 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19537
19538 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19539 (lambda ()
19540 (abbrev-mode 1)
19541 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19542
19543 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19544 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19545 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19546 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19547
19548 \(fn)" t nil)
19549
19550 ;;;***
19551 \f
19552 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19553 ;;;;;; org-ido-switchb org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string
19554 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19555 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19556 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19557 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18846 51310))
19558 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19559
19560 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19561 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19562 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19563
19564 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19565 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19566 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19567 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19568 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19569 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19570 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19571 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19572 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19573 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19574
19575 The following commands are available:
19576
19577 \\{org-mode-map}
19578
19579 \(fn)" t nil)
19580
19581 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19582 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19583
19584 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19585 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19586 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19587 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19588 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19589 When called with two C-u C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19590 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19591 properties in the buffer.
19592 When called with three C-u C-u C-u prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19593 including drawers.
19594
19595 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19596 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19597 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19598 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19599 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19600 and zoom in further.
19601 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19602
19603 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19604 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19605 is negative, go up that many levels.
19606
19607 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19608 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19609 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19610
19611 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19612 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19613 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19614
19615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19616
19617 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19618 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19619 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19620 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19621
19622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19623
19624 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19625 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19626 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19627 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19628 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19629 of Org-mode).
19630
19631 M-up Move entry/item up
19632 M-down Move entry/item down
19633 M-left Promote
19634 M-right Demote
19635 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19636 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19637 M-S-left Promote subtree
19638 M-S-right Demote subtree
19639 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19640 C-c ^ Sort entries
19641 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19642 TAB Cycle item visibility
19643 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19644 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19645 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19646
19647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19648
19649 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19650 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19651
19652 \(fn)" nil nil)
19653
19654 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19655 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19656 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19657 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19658 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19659
19660 \(fn)" nil nil)
19661
19662 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19663 Not documented
19664
19665 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19668 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19669 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19670 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19671
19672 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19673 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19674 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19675
19676 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19677
19678 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19679 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19680 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19681
19682 \(fn)" t nil)
19683
19684 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19685 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19686 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19687 Org-mode syntax.
19688
19689 \(fn)" t nil)
19690
19691 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19692 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19693
19694 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19695
19696 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19697 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19698
19699 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19700 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19701 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19702 returned as a list.
19703
19704 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19705 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19706 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19707 visited by the iteration.
19708
19709 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19710
19711 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19712 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19713 file The current buffer, without restriction
19714 file-with-archives
19715 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19716 agenda All agenda files
19717 agenda-with-archives
19718 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19719 \(file1 file2 ...)
19720 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19721
19722 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19723 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19724
19725 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19726 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19727 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19728 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19729 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19730 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19731 function leaves it.
19732
19733 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19734
19735 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19736 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19737 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19738 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19739
19740 Due to some yet unresolved reason, the global function
19741 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19742
19743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19744
19745 (autoload 'org-ido-switchb "org" "\
19746 Use `org-ido-completing-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19747 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19748 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19749
19750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19751
19752 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19753 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19754 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19755 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19756
19757 \(fn)" t nil)
19758
19759 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19760 Not documented
19761
19762 \(fn)" t nil)
19763
19764 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19765 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19766
19767 \(fn)" t nil)
19768
19769 ;;;***
19770 \f
19771 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19772 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19773 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19774 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19775 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18825 40644))
19776 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19777
19778 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19779 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19780 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19781 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19782
19783 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19784 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19785 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19786 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19787 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19788 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19789 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19790 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19791 e Export views to associated files.
19792
19793 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19794 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19795 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19796
19797 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19798 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19799 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19800 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19801 \(if active).
19802
19803 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19804
19805 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19806 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19807 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19808 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19809 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19810 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19811 before running the agenda command.
19812
19813 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19814
19815 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19816 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19817 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19818 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19819 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19820 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19821 before running the agenda command.
19822
19823 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19824 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19825
19826 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19827
19828 category The category of the item
19829 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19830 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19831 todo selected in TODO match
19832 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19833 diary imported from diary
19834 deadline a deadline on given date
19835 scheduled scheduled on given date
19836 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19837 closed entry was closed on given date
19838 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19839 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19840 block entry has date block including g. date
19841 todo The todo keyword, if any
19842 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19843 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19844 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19845 extra Sting with extra planning info
19846 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19847 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19848 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19849
19850 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19851
19852 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19853 Not documented
19854
19855 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19856
19857 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19858 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19859
19860 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19861
19862 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19863 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19864 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19865 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19866
19867 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19868 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19869 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19870 agenda instead.
19871
19872 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19873 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19874 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19875
19876 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19877 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19878
19879 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19880
19881 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19882 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19883 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19884 search only the headlines.
19885
19886 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19887 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19888 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19889 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19890 EDIT-AT.
19891
19892 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19893 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19894 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19895 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19896 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19897
19898 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19899 that must or must not match in the entry.
19900
19901 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19902 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19903 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19904 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19905
19906 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19907 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19908
19909 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19910
19911 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19912 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19913 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19914 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19915 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19916 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19917
19918 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19919
19920 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19921 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19922 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19923
19924 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19925
19926 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19927 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19928 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19929 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19930 `org-stuck-projects'.
19931 MATCH is being ignored.
19932
19933 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19934
19935 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19936 Return diary information from org-files.
19937 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19938 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19939 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19940 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19941
19942 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19943 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19944 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19945
19946 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19947
19948 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19949 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19950 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19951 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19952
19953 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19954 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19955 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19956
19957 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19958 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19959 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19960 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19961
19962 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19963
19964 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19965
19966 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19967 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19968
19969 &%%(org-diary)
19970
19971 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19972 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19973 So the example above may also be written as
19974
19975 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19976
19977 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19978 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19979 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19980
19981 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19982
19983 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19984 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19985
19986 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19987
19988 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19989 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19990 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19991
19992 \(fn)" t nil)
19993
19994 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19995 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19996 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19997 appointments.
19998
19999 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20000 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20001
20002 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20003 for filtering entries out.
20004
20005 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20006 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20007
20008 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20009 (category \"Work\"))
20010
20011 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20012 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20013
20014 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20015
20016 ;;;***
20017 \f
20018 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (18825
20019 ;;;;;; 40644))
20020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20021
20022 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20023 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20024 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20025
20026 \(fn)" t nil)
20027
20028 ;;;***
20029 \f
20030 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20031 ;;;;;; (18875 4272))
20032 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20033
20034 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20035 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20036
20037 \(fn)" nil nil)
20038
20039 ;;;***
20040 \f
20041 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20042 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (18825 40644))
20043 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20044
20045 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20046 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20047 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20048 fontified, and then returned.
20049
20050 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20051
20052 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20053 Set up hooks for clock persistence
20054
20055 \(fn)" nil nil)
20056
20057 ;;;***
20058 \f
20059 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20060 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20061 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20062 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20063 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20064 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20065 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18829 2709))
20066 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20067
20068 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20069
20070 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20071
20072 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20073
20074 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20075 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20076 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20077 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20078 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20079
20080 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20081 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20082 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20083
20084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20085
20086 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20087 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20088 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20089 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20090 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20091
20092 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20093
20094 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20095 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20096 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20097 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20098 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20099 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20100 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20101 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20102 command.
20103
20104 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20105
20106 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20107 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20108
20109 \(fn)" t nil)
20110
20111 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20112 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20113 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20114 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20115 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20116
20117 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20118
20119 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20120 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20121 emacs --batch
20122 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20123 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20124 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20125
20126 \(fn)" nil nil)
20127
20128 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20129 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20130 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20131
20132 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20133
20134 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20135 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20136 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20137 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20138 command to convert it.
20139
20140 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20141
20142 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20143 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20144 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20145 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20146 cut-and-paste operations.
20147 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20148 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20149 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20150 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20151
20152 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20153
20154 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20155 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20156
20157 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20158
20159 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20160 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20161 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20162 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20163 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20164 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20165 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20166 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20167 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20168 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20169 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20170 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20171 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20172 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20173 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20174
20175 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20176
20177 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20178 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20179 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20180 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20181 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20182 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20183 need into your CSS file.
20184
20185 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20186 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20187 that uses these same face definitions.
20188
20189 \(fn)" t nil)
20190
20191 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20192 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20193 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20194 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20195
20196 \(fn)" t nil)
20197
20198 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20199 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20200 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20201 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20202
20203 \(fn)" t nil)
20204
20205 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20206 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20207 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20208
20209 \(fn)" t nil)
20210
20211 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20212 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20213 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20214
20215 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20216
20217 ;;;***
20218 \f
20219 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20220 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20221 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20222 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20223 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20224
20225 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20226 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20227 For example:
20228
20229 emacs --batch
20230 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20231 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20232 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20233
20234 \(fn)" nil nil)
20235
20236 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20237 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20238 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20239
20240 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20241
20242 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20243 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20244 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20245 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20246 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20247 then use this command to convert it.
20248
20249 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20250
20251 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20252 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20253 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20254 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20255 cut-and-paste operations.
20256 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20257 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20258 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20259 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20260
20261 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20262
20263 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20264 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20265
20266 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20267
20268 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20269 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20270 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20271 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20272 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20273 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20274 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20275 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20276 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20277 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20278 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20279 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20280 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20281 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20282 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20283 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20284 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20285
20286 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20287
20288 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-export-latex" "\
20289 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20290
20291 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20292
20293 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-export-latex" "\
20294 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20295
20296 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20297
20298 ;;;***
20299 \f
20300 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20301 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (18836 39031))
20302 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20303
20304 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20305 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20306 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20307 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
20308 create a new footnote, interactively.
20309 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20310
20311 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20312
20313 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20314 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20315 This find the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20316 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20317 Org-mode exporters.
20318 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20319 referenced sequence.
20320
20321 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20322
20323 ;;;***
20324 \f
20325 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20326 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20327 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18825 40644))
20328 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20329
20330 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20331 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20332 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20333 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20334
20335 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20336
20337 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20338 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20339 Create an ID if necessary.
20340
20341 \(fn)" t nil)
20342
20343 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20344 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20345 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20346 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20347 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20348 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20349 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20350
20351 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20352
20353 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20354 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20355 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20356 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20357 eligible.
20358 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20359
20360 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20361
20362 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20363 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20364 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20365 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20366
20367 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20368
20369 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20370 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20371 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20372
20373 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20374
20375 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20376 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20377 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20378 if there is no entry with that ID.
20379 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20380
20381 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20382
20383 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20384 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20385
20386 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20387
20388 ;;;***
20389 \f
20390 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20391 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20392 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20393
20394 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20395 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20396
20397 \(fn)" nil nil)
20398
20399 ;;;***
20400 \f
20401 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20402 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20404
20405 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20406 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20407 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20408 line directly before or after the table.
20409
20410 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20415 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20416 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20418
20419 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20420
20421 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20422 Publish PROJECT.
20423
20424 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20425
20426 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20427 Publish all projects.
20428 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20429
20430 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20431
20432 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20433 Publish the current file.
20434 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20435
20436 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20437
20438 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20439 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20440 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20441 the project.
20442
20443 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20444
20445 ;;;***
20446 \f
20447 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20448 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20449 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18846 51310))
20450 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20451
20452 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20453 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20454
20455 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456
20457 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20458 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20459 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20460 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20461 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20462
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20464
20465 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20466 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20467 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20468 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20469
20470 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20471
20472 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20473 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20474 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20475 of the remember buffer.
20476
20477 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20478 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20479 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20480 note stored by remember.
20481
20482 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20483 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20484
20485 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20486
20487 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20488 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20489 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20490 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20491 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20492
20493 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20494 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
20495 process is used to select the target location.
20496
20497 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
20498 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20499
20500 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
20501 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20502 currently running.
20503
20504 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
20505 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
20506 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20507
20508 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20509 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20510 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20511 some additional data.
20512
20513 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20514 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20515 \(i.e. after the stars).
20516
20517 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20518
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520
20521 ;;;***
20522 \f
20523 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20524 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (18825 40644))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20526
20527 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20528 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20529
20530 \(fn)" nil nil)
20531
20532 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20533 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20534
20535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20536
20537 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20538 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20539 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20540 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20541 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20542
20543 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20544
20545 ;;;***
20546 \f
20547 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20548 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20549 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20550 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20551
20552 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20553 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20554 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20555 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20556 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20557 without user interaction.
20558 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20559 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20560 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20561 the region 0:00:00.
20562
20563 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20564
20565 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20566 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20567 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20568 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
20569 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
20570 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20571 that was not started at the correct moment.
20572
20573 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20576 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20577
20578 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20579
20580 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20581 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20582
20583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20584
20585 ;;;***
20586 \f
20587 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20588 ;;;;;; (18918 28195))
20589 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20590 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20591
20592 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20593 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20594 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20595 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20596
20597 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20598 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20599 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20600 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20601
20602 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20603 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20604 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20605 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20606 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20607 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20608
20609 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20610 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20611 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20612
20613 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20614 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20615 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20616 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20617 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20618 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20619 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20620 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20621 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20622 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20623 The subheadings remain visible.
20624 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20625
20626 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20627 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20628 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20629
20630 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20631 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20632
20633 \(fn)" t nil)
20634
20635 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20636 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20637 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20638 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20639
20640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20641
20642 ;;;***
20643 \f
20644 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18885 457))
20645 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20646
20647 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20648 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20649 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20651 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20652 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20653
20654 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20655
20656 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20657 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20658 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20659 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20660
20661 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20662 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20663
20664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20665
20666 ;;;***
20667 \f
20668 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20669 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20671
20672 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20673 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20674 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20675 unknown are returned as nil.
20676
20677 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20678
20679 ;;;***
20680 \f
20681 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18791
20682 ;;;;;; 16532))
20683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20684
20685 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20686 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20687 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20688
20689 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20690 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20691
20692 Other useful functions are:
20693
20694 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20695 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20696 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20697 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20698 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20699 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20700 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20701 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20702 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20703
20704 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20705
20706 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20707 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20708 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20709 Indentation for case statements.
20710 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20711 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20712 mark after an end.
20713 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20714 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20715 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20716 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20717 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20718 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20719 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20720 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20721 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20722 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20723
20724 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20725 pascal-separator-keywords.
20726
20727 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20728 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20729
20730 \(fn)" t nil)
20731
20732 ;;;***
20733 \f
20734 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20735 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20737
20738 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20739 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20740 The keys affected are:
20741 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20742 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20743 M-Backspace does undo.
20744 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20745 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20746 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20747
20748 \(fn)" t nil)
20749
20750 ;;;***
20751 \f
20752 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20753 ;;;;;; (18807 64495))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20755
20756 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20757 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20758 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20761 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20762
20763 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20764
20765 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20766 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20767
20768 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20769
20770 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20771 which modify the status of the mark.
20772
20773 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20774 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20775
20776 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20777 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20778
20779 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20780 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20781 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20782 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20783 turning PC Selection mode on.
20784
20785 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20786 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20787
20788 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20789 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20790 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20791
20792 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20793 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20794 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20795
20796 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20797 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20798
20799 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20800 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20801 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20802
20803 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20804 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20805 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20806
20807 F6 other-window
20808 DELETE delete-char
20809 C-DELETE kill-line
20810 M-DELETE kill-word
20811 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20812 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20813 M-BACKSPACE undo
20814
20815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20816
20817 ;;;***
20818 \f
20819 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18787
20820 ;;;;;; 48917))
20821 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20822
20823 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20824 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20825
20826 \(fn)" nil nil)
20827
20828 ;;;***
20829 \f
20830 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20831 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18787 48917))
20832 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20833
20834 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20835 Completion for `gzip'.
20836
20837 \(fn)" nil nil)
20838
20839 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20840 Completion for `bzip2'.
20841
20842 \(fn)" nil nil)
20843
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20845 Completion for GNU `make'.
20846
20847 \(fn)" nil nil)
20848
20849 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20850 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20851
20852 \(fn)" nil nil)
20853
20854 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20855
20856 ;;;***
20857 \f
20858 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20859 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18787 48917))
20860 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20861
20862 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20863 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20864
20865 \(fn)" nil nil)
20866
20867 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20868 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20869
20870 \(fn)" nil nil)
20871
20872 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20873 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20874
20875 \(fn)" nil nil)
20876
20877 ;;;***
20878 \f
20879 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18817
20880 ;;;;;; 44748))
20881 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20882
20883 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20884 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20885 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20886 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20887 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20888 You can use \\[report-emacs-bug] to do so.
20889
20890 \(fn)" nil nil)
20891
20892 ;;;***
20893 \f
20894 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20895 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20896 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18787 48917))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20898
20899 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20900 Completion for `cd'.
20901
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20903
20904 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20905
20906 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20907 Completion for `rmdir'.
20908
20909 \(fn)" nil nil)
20910
20911 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20912 Completion for `rm'.
20913
20914 \(fn)" nil nil)
20915
20916 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20917 Completion for `xargs'.
20918
20919 \(fn)" nil nil)
20920
20921 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20922
20923 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20924 Completion for `which'.
20925
20926 \(fn)" nil nil)
20927
20928 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20929 Completion for the `chown' command.
20930
20931 \(fn)" nil nil)
20932
20933 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20934 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20935
20936 \(fn)" nil nil)
20937
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20939 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20940
20941 \(fn)" nil nil)
20942
20943 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20944 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20945 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20946
20947 \(fn)" nil nil)
20948
20949 ;;;***
20950 \f
20951 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20952 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20953 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18787
20954 ;;;;;; 48917))
20955 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20956
20957 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20958 Support extensible programmable completion.
20959 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20960 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20961
20962 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20963
20964 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20965 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20966
20967 \(fn)" t nil)
20968
20969 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20970 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20971 This will modify the current buffer.
20972
20973 \(fn)" t nil)
20974
20975 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20976 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20977
20978 \(fn)" t nil)
20979
20980 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20981 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20982 This will modify the current buffer.
20983
20984 \(fn)" t nil)
20985
20986 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20987 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20988
20989 \(fn)" t nil)
20990
20991 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20992 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20993
20994 \(fn)" t nil)
20995
20996 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20997 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20998 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20999 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21000 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21001
21002 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21003
21004 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21005 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
21006
21007 \(fn)" nil nil)
21008
21009 ;;;***
21010 \f
21011 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21012 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21013 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18817 44748))
21014 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
21015
21016 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21017 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21018 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21019 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21020
21021 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21022
21023 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21024
21025 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21026 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21027 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21028 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21029 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21030 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21031 FLAGS is ignored.
21032
21033 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21034
21035 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21036 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21037 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21038 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21039 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21040 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21041 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21042 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21043
21044 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21045
21046 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21047 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21048 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21049 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21050 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21051 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21052 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21053 passed to cvs.
21054
21055 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21056
21057 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21058 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21059 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21060 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21061 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21062 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21063 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21064
21065 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21066
21067 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21068 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21069 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21070
21071 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21072
21073 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21074 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21075 A value of nil means never do it.
21076 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21077 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21078 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21079
21080 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21081
21082 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21083 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21084 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21085
21086 ;;;***
21087 \f
21088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18787 48917))
21089 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21090
21091 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21092
21093 ;;;***
21094 \f
21095 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21096 ;;;;;; (18815 49095))
21097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21098 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21099 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21100 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21101 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21102 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21103 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21104
21105 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21106 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21107 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21108 Tab indents for Perl code.
21109 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21110 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21111 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21112 \\{perl-mode-map}
21113 Variables controlling indentation style:
21114 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21115 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21116 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21117 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21118 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21119 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21120 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21121 `perl-nochange'
21122 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21123 `perl-indent-level'
21124 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21125 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21126 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21127 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21128 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21129 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21130 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21131 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21132 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21133 `perl-brace-offset'
21134 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21135 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21136 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21137 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21138 `perl-label-offset'
21139 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21140 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21141 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21142
21143 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21144 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21145 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21146 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21147 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21148 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21149 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21150
21151 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21152
21153 \(fn)" t nil)
21154
21155 ;;;***
21156 \f
21157 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21158 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21159 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21160 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18787 48917))
21161 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21162
21163 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21164 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21165
21166 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21167
21168 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21169 passphrase cache or user.
21170
21171 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21174 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21175
21176 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21177 cache or user.
21178
21179 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21180
21181 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21182 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21183
21184 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21185 the region.
21186
21187 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21188 passphrase cache or user.
21189
21190 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21191
21192 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21193 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21194
21195 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21196
21197 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21198 the region.
21199
21200 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21201 passphrase cache or user.
21202
21203 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21204
21205 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21206 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21207
21208 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21209 passphrase cache or user.
21210
21211 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21214 Decrypt the current buffer.
21215
21216 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21217 the region.
21218
21219 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21220 passphrase cache or user.
21221
21222 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21225 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21226
21227 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21228 a detached signature.
21229
21230 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21231 and the output is displayed.
21232
21233 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21234 passphrase cache or user.
21235
21236 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21237
21238 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21239 Sign the current buffer.
21240
21241 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21242 detached signature.
21243
21244 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21245 within the region.
21246
21247 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21248 and the output is displayed.
21249
21250 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21251 passphrase cache or user.
21252
21253 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21254
21255 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21256 Verify the current region between START and END.
21257 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21258 the detached signature of the current region.
21259
21260 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21261 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21262
21263 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21264
21265 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21266 Verify the current buffer.
21267 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21268 the detached signature of the current region.
21269 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21270 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21271 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21272 within the region.
21273
21274 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21277 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21278
21279 \(fn)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21282 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21283
21284 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21285
21286 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21287 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21288
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21290
21291 ;;;***
21292 \f
21293 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21294 ;;;;;; (19002 31833))
21295 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21296
21297 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21298 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21299
21300 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21301
21302 ;;;***
21303 \f
21304 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21305 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21307
21308 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21309 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21310 \\<picture-mode-map>
21311 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21312 afterwards settable by these commands:
21313
21314 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21315 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21316 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21317 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21318
21319 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21320 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21321 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21322 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21323
21324 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21325 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21326 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21327 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21328
21329 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21330 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21331 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21332 with these commands:
21333
21334 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21335 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21336 Move to column following last
21337 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21338 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21339 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21340 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21341 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21342 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21343
21344 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21345
21346 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21347 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21348 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21349 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21350 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21351 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21352
21353 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21354 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21355 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21356 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21357 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21358 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21359 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21360
21361 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21362 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21363 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21364 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21365 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21366 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21367 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21368 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21369
21370 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21371 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21372 by supplying an argument.
21373
21374 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21375
21376 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21377 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21382
21383 ;;;***
21384 \f
21385 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21386 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21387 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21388
21389 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21390 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21391 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21392
21393 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21394
21395 ;;;***
21396 \f
21397 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18787 48933))
21398 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21399
21400 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21401 Play pong and waste time.
21402 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21403 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21404
21405 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21406
21407 \\{pong-mode-map}
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 ;;;***
21412 \f
21413 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21414 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21415 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
21416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21417
21418 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21419 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21420 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21421 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21422
21423 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21424
21425 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21426 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21427
21428 \(fn)" nil nil)
21429
21430 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21431 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21432 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21433 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21434 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21435
21436 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21437
21438 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21439 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21440 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21441
21442 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21443
21444 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21445 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21446
21447 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21448
21449 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21450 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21451 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21452 Ignores leading comment characters.
21453
21454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21457 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21458 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21459 Ignores leading comment characters.
21460
21461 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21462
21463 ;;;***
21464 \f
21465 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21466 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21467 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21468 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21469 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21470 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21471 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21472 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21473 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21474 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21475 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21476 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21477 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21478 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21479 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21480 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21481 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21482 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21483 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21484 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21485
21486 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21487 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21488
21489 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21490
21491 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21492
21493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21494
21495 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21496 Preview directory using ghostview.
21497
21498 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21499 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21500 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21501 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21502
21503 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21504 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21505 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21506 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21507 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21508 file name.
21509
21510 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21511
21512 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21513
21514 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21515 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21516
21517 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21518 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21519 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21520 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21521
21522 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21523 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21524 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21525 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21526 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21527 file name.
21528
21529 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21530
21531 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21532
21533 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21534 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21535
21536 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21537 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21538 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21539 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21540
21541 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21542 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21543 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21544 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21545 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21546 file name.
21547
21548 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21549
21550 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21551
21552 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21553 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21554
21555 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21556
21557 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21558 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21559 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21560 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21561
21562 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21563 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21564 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21565 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21566 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21567 file name.
21568
21569 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21570
21571 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21572
21573 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21574 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21575
21576 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21577 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21578 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21579
21580 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21581 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21582 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21583 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21584
21585 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21586
21587 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21588 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21589
21590 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21591 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21592 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21593
21594 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21595 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21596 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21597 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21598
21599 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21600
21601 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21602 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21603
21604 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21605 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21606 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21607
21608 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21609 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21610 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21611 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21612
21613 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21614
21615 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21616 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21617
21618 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21619
21620 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21621 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21622 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21623
21624 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21625 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21626 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21627 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21628
21629 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21630
21631 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21632 Preview region using ghostview.
21633
21634 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21635
21636 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21637
21638 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21639 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21640
21641 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21642
21643 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21644
21645 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21646 Print region using PostScript printer.
21647
21648 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21649
21650 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21651
21652 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21653 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21654
21655 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21656
21657 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21658
21659 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21660 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21661
21662 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21663
21664 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21665
21666 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21667 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21668
21669 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21670
21671 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21672
21673 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21674 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21675
21676 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21677
21678 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21679
21680 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21681 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21682
21683 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21684
21685 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21688 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21689 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21690 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21691
21692 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21693 matching.
21694
21695 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21696 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21697
21698 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21699
21700 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21701
21702 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21703 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21704 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21705 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21706
21707 \(fn)" t nil)
21708
21709 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21710 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21711 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21712 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21713
21714 \(fn)" t nil)
21715
21716 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21717 Print directory using text printer.
21718
21719 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21720 matching.
21721
21722 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21723 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21724
21725 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21726
21727 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21728
21729 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21730 Print buffer using text printer.
21731
21732 \(fn)" t nil)
21733
21734 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21735 Print region using text printer.
21736
21737 \(fn)" t nil)
21738
21739 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21740 Print major mode using text printer.
21741
21742 \(fn)" t nil)
21743
21744 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21745 Preview spooled PostScript.
21746
21747 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21748 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21749 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21750
21751 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21752 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21753 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21754
21755 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21756
21757 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21758 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21759
21760 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21761 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21762 instead of sending it to the printer.
21763
21764 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21765 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21766 image in a file with that name.
21767
21768 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21769
21770 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21771 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21772
21773 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21774 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21775 instead of sending it to the printer.
21776
21777 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21778 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21779 image in a file with that name.
21780
21781 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21782
21783 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21784 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21785
21786 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21787 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21788 instead of sending it to the printer.
21789
21790 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21791 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21792 image in a file with that name.
21793
21794 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21795
21796 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21797 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21798
21799 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21802 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21803
21804 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21805
21806 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21807 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21808
21809 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21810
21811 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21812 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21813
21814 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21815
21816 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21817 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21818
21819 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21822 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21823
21824 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21825 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21826 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21827 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21828
21829 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21830 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21831 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21832 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21833 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21834 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21835 file name.
21836
21837 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21838
21839 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21840 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21841
21842 \(fn)" t nil)
21843
21844 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21845 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21846
21847 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21848 right.
21849 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21850 bottom.
21851
21852 \(fn)" t nil)
21853
21854 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21855 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21856
21857 \(fn)" t nil)
21858
21859 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21860 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21861
21862 \(fn)" t nil)
21863
21864 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21865 Toggle printing with faces.
21866
21867 \(fn)" t nil)
21868
21869 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21870 Toggle spooling.
21871
21872 \(fn)" t nil)
21873
21874 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21875 Toggle duplex.
21876
21877 \(fn)" t nil)
21878
21879 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21880 Toggle tumble.
21881
21882 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21883 right.
21884 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21885 bottom.
21886
21887 \(fn)" t nil)
21888
21889 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21890 Toggle landscape.
21891
21892 \(fn)" t nil)
21893
21894 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21895 Toggle upside-down.
21896
21897 \(fn)" t nil)
21898
21899 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21900 Toggle line number.
21901
21902 \(fn)" t nil)
21903
21904 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21905 Toggle zebra stripes.
21906
21907 \(fn)" t nil)
21908
21909 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21910 Toggle printing header.
21911
21912 \(fn)" t nil)
21913
21914 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21915 Toggle printing header frame.
21916
21917 \(fn)" t nil)
21918
21919 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21920 Toggle menu lock.
21921
21922 \(fn)" t nil)
21923
21924 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21925 Toggle auto region.
21926
21927 \(fn)" t nil)
21928
21929 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21930 Toggle auto mode.
21931
21932 \(fn)" t nil)
21933
21934 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21935 Customization of the `printing' group.
21936
21937 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21938
21939 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21940 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21941
21942 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21943
21944 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21945 Help for the printing package.
21946
21947 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21948
21949 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21950 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21951
21952 \(fn)" t nil)
21953
21954 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21955 Interactively select a text printer.
21956
21957 \(fn)" t nil)
21958
21959 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21960 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21961
21962 \(fn)" t nil)
21963
21964 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21965 Show current ps-print settings.
21966
21967 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21968
21969 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21970 Show current printing settings.
21971
21972 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21973
21974 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21975 Show current lpr settings.
21976
21977 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21978
21979 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21980 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21981
21982 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21983 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21984 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21985 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21986
21987
21988 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21989
21990 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21991 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21992 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21993
21994 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21995 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21996 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21997 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21998 current active printer.
21999
22000 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22001 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22002 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22003 printer.
22004
22005 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22006 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22007 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22008 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22009 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22010
22011
22012 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22013 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22014
22015 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22016
22017 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22018 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22019 be done using the new current active printer.
22020
22021 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22022 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22023 printer.
22024
22025 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22026 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22027 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22028 instead of sending it to the printer.
22029
22030 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22031 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22032 printer.
22033
22034 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22035
22036
22037 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22038 are both set to t.
22039
22040 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22041
22042 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22043 Fast fire function for text printing.
22044
22045 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22046 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22047 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22048 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22049
22050 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22051 user for a new active text printer.
22052
22053 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22054
22055 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22056
22057 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22058 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22059 printer.
22060
22061 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22062
22063 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22064 are both set to t.
22065
22066 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22067
22068 ;;;***
22069 \f
22070 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18926 29403))
22071 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22072
22073 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22074 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22075 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22076 information will be displayed but not selected.
22077 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22078
22079 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22080
22081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22082
22083 ;;;***
22084 \f
22085 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22086 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
22087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22088
22089 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22090 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22091 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22092 Commands:
22093 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22094 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22095 if that value is non-nil.
22096
22097 \(fn)" t nil)
22098
22099 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22100
22101 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22102 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22103 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22104
22105 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22106
22107 ;;;***
22108 \f
22109 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18794
22110 ;;;;;; 5653))
22111 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22112
22113 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22114 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22115 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22116
22117 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22118
22119 ;;;***
22120 \f
22121 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
22122 ;;;;;; 712))
22123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22124
22125 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22126 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22127
22128 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22129
22130 The following variables hold user options, and can
22131 be set through the `customize' command:
22132
22133 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22134 `ps-mode-tab'
22135 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22136 `ps-mode-print-function'
22137 `ps-run-prompt'
22138 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22139 `ps-run-x'
22140 `ps-run-dumb'
22141 `ps-run-init'
22142 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22143 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22144
22145 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22146
22147
22148 \\{ps-mode-map}
22149
22150
22151 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22152 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22153 The keymap for this second window is:
22154
22155 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22156
22157
22158 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22159 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22160 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22161 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22162 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22163
22164 \(fn)" t nil)
22165
22166 ;;;***
22167 \f
22168 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22169 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22170 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22171 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22172 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22173 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18853
22174 ;;;;;; 19460))
22175 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22176
22177 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
22178 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22179 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22180
22181 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22182
22183 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22184 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22185 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22186 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22187
22188 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22189
22190 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22191 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22192
22193 Valid values are:
22194
22195 nil Do not print colors.
22196
22197 t Print colors.
22198
22199 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22200 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22201
22202 Any other value is treated as t.")
22203
22204 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22205
22206 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22207 Customization of ps-print group.
22208
22209 \(fn)" t nil)
22210
22211 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22212 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22213
22214 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22215 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22216 sending it to the printer.
22217
22218 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22219 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22220 image in a file with that name.
22221
22222 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22223
22224 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22225 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22226 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22227 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22228 so it has a way to determine color values.
22229
22230 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22231
22232 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22233 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22234 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22235
22236 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22237
22238 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22239 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22240 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22241 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22242 so it has a way to determine color values.
22243
22244 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22245
22246 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22247 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22248 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22249 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22250
22251 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22252
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22256 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22257 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22258 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22259 so it has a way to determine color values.
22260
22261 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22262
22263 \(fn)" t nil)
22264
22265 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22266 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22267 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22268
22269 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22270
22271 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22272
22273 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22274 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22275 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22276 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22277 so it has a way to determine color values.
22278
22279 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22280
22281 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22282
22283 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22284 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22285
22286 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22287 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22288 instead of sending it to the printer.
22289
22290 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22291 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22292 image in a file with that name.
22293
22294 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22295
22296 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22297 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22298 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22299 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22300 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22301
22302 \(fn)" t nil)
22303
22304 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22305 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22306 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22307
22308 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22309
22310 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22311 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22312 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22313
22314 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22315
22316 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22317 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22318
22319 \(fn)" nil nil)
22320
22321 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22322 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22323
22324 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22325 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22326
22327 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22328 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22329
22330 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22331
22332 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22333
22334 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22335
22336 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22337 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22338
22339 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22340 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22341
22342 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22343 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22344
22345 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22346
22347 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22348
22349 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22350
22351 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22352 foreground and background colors respectively.
22353
22354 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22355 bold - use bold font.
22356 italic - use italic font.
22357 underline - put a line under text.
22358 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22359 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22360 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22361 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22362 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22363
22364 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22365
22366 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22367
22368 ;;;***
22369 \f
22370 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22371 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18848 909))
22372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22373
22374 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22375
22376 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22377
22378 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22379
22380 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22381 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22382 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22383 buffer automatically.
22384
22385 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22386 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22387 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22388 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22389 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22390 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22391 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22392
22393 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22394 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22395 buffer for a list of commands.)
22396
22397 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22398
22399 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22400 Major mode for editing Python files.
22401 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22402 for correct parsing of the source.
22403 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22404 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22405 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22406
22407 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22408 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22409 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22410 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22411 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22412 \\<python-mode-map>
22413 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22414 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22415 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22416 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22417 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22418 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22419
22420 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22421 effect outside them.
22422
22423 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22424 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22425 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22426 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22427 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22428 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22429 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22430 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22431 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22432
22433 \\{python-mode-map}
22434
22435 \(fn)" t nil)
22436
22437 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22438 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22439 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22440 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22441
22442 \(fn)" t nil)
22443
22444 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22445 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22446 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22447 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22448 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22449 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22450
22451 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22452 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22453 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22454 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22455 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22456 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22457 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22458
22459 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22460 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22461 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22462 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22463 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22464
22465 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22466 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22467 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22468 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22469 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22470 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22471 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22472 mode.
22473
22474 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22475 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22476 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22477 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22478 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22479 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22480 filter.
22481
22482 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22483
22484 ;;;***
22485 \f
22486 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22487 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
22488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22489
22490 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22491 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22492 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22493 coding-system.
22494
22495 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22496 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22497
22498 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22499 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22500 them into characters should be done separately.
22501
22502 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22503
22504 ;;;***
22505 \f
22506 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22507 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22508 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22509 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22510 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18935 28927))
22511 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22512
22513 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22514 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22515
22516 \(fn)" nil nil)
22517
22518 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22519 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22520 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22521
22522 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22523 `quail-activate', which see.
22524
22525 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22526
22527 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22528 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22529 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22530 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22531 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22532 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22533 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22534
22535 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22536 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22537 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22538 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22539 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22540 shown.
22541 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22542
22543 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22544 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22545 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22546 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22547 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22548 list of candidates.
22549
22550 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22551 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22552 command to be called.
22553
22554 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22555 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22556 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22557 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22558
22559 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22560 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22561 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22562 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22563 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22564 to t.
22565
22566 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22567 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22568 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22569 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22570
22571 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22572 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22573 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22574 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22575
22576 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22577 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22578 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22579 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22580 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22581 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22582
22583 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22584 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22585 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22586 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22587 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22588 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22589
22590 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22591 covers Quail translation region.
22592
22593 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22594 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22595 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22596 for it) is inserted.
22597
22598 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22599 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22600 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22601
22602 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22603 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22604 non-Quail commands.
22605
22606 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22607
22608 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22609 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22610
22611 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22612 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22613 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22614 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22615 you type is correctly handled.
22616
22617 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22618
22619 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22620 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22621
22622 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22623 keyboard type.
22624
22625 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22626
22627 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22628 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22629 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22630 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22631 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22632 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22633 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22634 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22635 for the translation.
22636 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22637
22638 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22639 it is used to handle KEY.
22640
22641 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22642 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22643 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22644 the following annotation types are supported.
22645
22646 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22647 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22648
22649 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22650 candidate list.
22651
22652 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22653 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22654 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22655 inserted.
22656
22657 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22658 generated for the following translations.
22659
22660 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22661
22662 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22663 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22664
22665 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22666 which to install MAP.
22667
22668 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22669
22670 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22671
22672 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22673 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22674
22675 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22676 which to install MAP.
22677
22678 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22679
22680 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22681
22682 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22683 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22684 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22685 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22686 a function, or a cons.
22687 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22688 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22689 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22690 for the translation.
22691 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22692 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22693 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22694 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22695 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22696
22697 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22698 it is used to handle KEY.
22699
22700 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22701 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22702 current Quail package.
22703
22704 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22705 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22706
22707 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22708
22709 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22710 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22711
22712 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22713 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22714
22715 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22716
22717 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22718 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22719
22720 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22721
22722 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22723 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22724 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22725 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22726 of the Emacs source tree.
22727
22728 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22729 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22730
22731 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22732 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22733 of each directory.
22734
22735 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22736
22737 ;;;***
22738 \f
22739 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22740 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22741 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18787
22742 ;;;;;; 48930))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22744
22745 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22746 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22747 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22748 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22749
22750 To make use of this do something like:
22751
22752 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22753
22754 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22755
22756 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22757 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22758
22759 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22760 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22761 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22762
22763 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22764
22765 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22766 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22767
22768 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22769
22770 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22771 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22772
22773 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22774 is decided.
22775
22776 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22777
22778 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22779 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22780
22781 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22782 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22783 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22784
22785 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22786
22787 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22788 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22789
22790 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22791
22792 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22793 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22794
22795 \(fn)" t nil)
22796
22797 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22798 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22799
22800 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22801
22802 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22803
22804 \(fn)" t nil)
22805
22806 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22807 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22808
22809 \(fn)" t nil)
22810
22811 ;;;***
22812 \f
22813 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22814 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18921 19471))
22815 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22816
22817 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22818 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22819
22820 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22821
22822 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22823
22824 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22825
22826 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22827
22828 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22829 Not documented
22830
22831 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22832
22833 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22834 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22835 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22837 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22838 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22839
22840 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22841
22842 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22843 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22844
22845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22846
22847 ;;;***
22848 \f
22849 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18787
22850 ;;;;;; 48931))
22851 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22852
22853 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22854 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22855 See \\[compile].
22856
22857 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22858
22859 ;;;***
22860 \f
22861 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22862 ;;;;;; (18791 16517))
22863 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22864
22865 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22866
22867 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22868 Construct a regexp interactively.
22869
22870 \(fn)" t nil)
22871
22872 ;;;***
22873 \f
22874 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18787 48917))
22875 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22876
22877 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22878 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22879 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22880 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22881 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22882 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22883
22884 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22885
22886 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22887 Toggle recentf mode.
22888 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22889 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22890
22891 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22892 that were operated on recently.
22893
22894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22895
22896 ;;;***
22897 \f
22898 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22899 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22900 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22901 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18787
22902 ;;;;;; 48917))
22903 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22904 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22905 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22906 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22907 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22908 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22909 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22910
22911 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22912 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22913 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22914 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22915
22916 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22917
22918 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22919
22920 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22921 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22922 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22923 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22924 ends.
22925
22926 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22927 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22928 to be deleted.
22929
22930 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22931
22932 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22933 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22934 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22935
22936 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22937 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22938 deleted.
22939
22940 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22941
22942 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22943 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22944 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22945
22946 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22947
22948 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22949 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22950
22951 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22952 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22953
22954 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22955 deleted.
22956
22957 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22958 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22959 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22960 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22961 even beep.)
22962
22963 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22964
22965 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22966 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22967
22968 \(fn)" t nil)
22969
22970 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22971 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22972 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22973 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22974 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22975 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22976 and point is at the lower right corner.
22977
22978 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22979
22980 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22981 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22982
22983 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22984 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22985
22986 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22987 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22988 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22989
22990 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22991
22992 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22993
22994 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22995 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22996 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22997 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22998 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22999
23000 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23001 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23002
23003 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23004
23005 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23006 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23007 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23008
23009 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23010
23011 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23012
23013 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23014
23015 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23016 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23017
23018 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23019 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23020 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23021
23022 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23023
23024 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23025 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23026 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23027
23028 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23029 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23030 rectangle which were empty.
23031
23032 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23033
23034 ;;;***
23035 \f
23036 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18787
23037 ;;;;;; 48936))
23038 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23039
23040 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23041 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23042 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23043
23044 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23045 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23046 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23047
23048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23049
23050 ;;;***
23051 \f
23052 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23053 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18787 48936))
23054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23055
23056 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23057 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23058
23059 \(fn)" nil nil)
23060
23061 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23062 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23063
23064 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23065 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23066
23067 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23068 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23069 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23070 \\ref macro.
23071
23072 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23073 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23074 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23075
23076 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23077 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23078 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23079
23080 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23081 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23082
23083 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23084 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23085
23086 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23087 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23088 on the menu bar.
23089
23090 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23091
23092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23093
23094 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23095 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23096 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23097
23098 \(fn)" nil nil)
23099
23100 ;;;***
23101 \f
23102 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23103 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23105
23106 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23107 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23108 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23109 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23110 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23111 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23112
23113 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23114
23115 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23116
23117 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23118 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23119 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23120 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23121 `reftex-cite-format'.
23122
23123 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23124 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23125 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23126 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23127
23128 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23129
23130 ;;;***
23131 \f
23132 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23133 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23134 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23135
23136 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23137 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23138 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23139 the current TeX document.
23140
23141 With no argument, this command toggles
23142 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23143 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23144
23145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23146
23147 ;;;***
23148 \f
23149 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23150 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23151 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23152
23153 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23154 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23155 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23156
23157 To insert new phrases, use
23158 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23159 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23160
23161 To index phrases use one of:
23162
23163 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23164 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23165 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23166 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23167 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23168
23169 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23170 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23171
23172 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23173
23174 Here are all local bindings.
23175
23176 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23177
23178 \(fn)" t nil)
23179
23180 ;;;***
23181 \f
23182 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23183 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23184 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23185
23186 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23187 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23188 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23189 of master file.
23190
23191 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23192
23193 ;;;***
23194 \f
23195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18787
23196 ;;;;;; 48936))
23197 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23198 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23199 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23200 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23201 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23202
23203 ;;;***
23204 \f
23205 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23206 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23208
23209 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23210 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23211 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23212 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23213 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23214 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23215
23216 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23217 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23218
23219 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23220 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23221
23222 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23223
23224 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23225 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23226 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23227 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23228
23229 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23230
23231 ;;;***
23232 \f
23233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18961 38375))
23234 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23235 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23236 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23237 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23238 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23239 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23240 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23241 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23242 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23243 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23244 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23245 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23246 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23247 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23248
23249 ;;;***
23250 \f
23251 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23252 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23253 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23255
23256 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23257 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23258 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23259 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23260
23261 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23262
23263 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23264
23265 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23266 Call `remember' in another frame.
23267
23268 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23269
23270 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23271 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23272 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23273 application.
23274
23275 \(fn)" t nil)
23276
23277 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23278 Extract diary entries from the region.
23279
23280 \(fn)" nil nil)
23281
23282 ;;;***
23283 \f
23284 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18791 16512))
23285 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23286
23287 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23288 Repeat most recently executed command.
23289 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23290 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23291 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23292
23293 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23294 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23295 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23296 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23297
23298 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23299 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23300 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23301
23302 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23303
23304 ;;;***
23305 \f
23306 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23307 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
23308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23309
23310 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23311 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23312
23313 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23314 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23315 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23316 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23317 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23318 and point is left after the salutation.
23319
23320 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23321 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23322 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23323 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23324 left after that text.
23325
23326 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23327 is non-nil.
23328
23329 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23330 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23331 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23332 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23333
23334 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23335
23336 ;;;***
23337 \f
23338 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23339 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23340 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23341
23342 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23343 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23344 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23345 visibility of comments that precede it.
23346 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23347 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23348 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23349 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23350 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23351 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23352 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23353 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23354 the comment lines.
23355 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23356 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23357 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23358 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23359 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23360
23361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23362
23363 ;;;***
23364 \f
23365 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23366 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23367 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23368
23369 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23370 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23371 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23372
23373 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23374 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23375 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23376
23377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23378
23379 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23380 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23381 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23384 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23385
23386 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23387
23388 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23389 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23390 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23391
23392 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23393 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23394 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23395
23396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23397
23398 ;;;***
23399 \f
23400 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23401 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23403
23404 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23405 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23406
23407 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23408
23409 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23410 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23411
23412 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23413
23414 ;;;***
23415 \f
23416 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18787 48931))
23417 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23418 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23419
23420 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23421 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23422 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23423 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23424
23425 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23426
23427 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23428 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23429 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23430 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23431
23432 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23433 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23434
23435 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23436 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23437
23438 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23439 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23440 INPUT-ARGS.
23441
23442 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23443 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23444 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23445 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23446 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23447
23448 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23449 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23450 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23451 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23452
23453 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23454 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23455 variable.
23456
23457 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23458
23459 ;;;***
23460 \f
23461 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23462 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23463 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23464 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23465 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail"
23466 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail.el" (18961 36795))
23467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23468
23469 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23470 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23471 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23472
23473 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23474
23475 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23476 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23477 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23478 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23479 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23480
23481 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23482 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23483
23484 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23485
23486 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23487 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23488 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23489 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23490 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23491 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23492 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23493
23494 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23495 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23496 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23497 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23498 which normally happens once for each message,
23499 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23500 To make a change in this variable take effect
23501 for a message that you have already viewed,
23502 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23503
23504 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23505
23506 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23507 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23508 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23509 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23510
23511 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23512
23513 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:" "\
23514 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23515
23516 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23517
23518 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23519 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23520 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23521
23522 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23523
23524 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23525 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23526 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23527 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23528 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23529 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23530
23531 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23532
23533 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23534 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23535
23536 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23537
23538 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23539 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23540
23541 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23542
23543 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23544 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23545
23546 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23547 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23548
23549 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23550
23551 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23552 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23553
23554 This is set to nil by default.")
23555
23556 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23557 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23558 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23559 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23560 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23561 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23562 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23563
23564 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23565 Read and edit incoming mail.
23566 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23567 file in RMAIL Mode.
23568 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23569
23570 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23571 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23572 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23573 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23574
23575 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23576
23577 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23578
23579 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23580 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23581 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23582 Instead, these commands are available:
23583
23584 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23585 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23586 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23587 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23588 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23589 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23590 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23591 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23592 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23593 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23594 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23595 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23596 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23597 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23598 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23599 till a deleted message is found.
23600 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23601 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23602 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23603 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23604 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23605 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23606 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23607 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23608 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23609 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23610 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23611 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23612 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23613 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23614 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23615 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23616 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23617 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23618 (label defaults to last one specified).
23619 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23620 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23621 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23622 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23623 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23624 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23625 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23626 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23627 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23628
23629 \(fn)" t nil)
23630
23631 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23632 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23633
23634 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23635
23636 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23637 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23638
23639 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23640
23641 ;;;***
23642 \f
23643 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23644 ;;;;;; (18961 36795))
23645 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23646
23647 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23648 Edit the contents of this message.
23649
23650 \(fn)" t nil)
23651
23652 ;;;***
23653 \f
23654 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23655 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23656 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18910 23702))
23657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23658
23659 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23660 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23661 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23662 LABEL may be a symbol or string. Only one label is allowed.
23663
23664 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23665
23666 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23667 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23668 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23669 LABEL may be a symbol or string. Only one label is allowed.
23670
23671 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23672
23673 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23674 Read a label with completion, prompting with PROMPT.
23675 Completions are chosen from `rmail-label-obarray'. The default
23676 is `rmail-last-label', if that is non-nil. Updates `rmail-last-label'
23677 according to the choice made, and returns a symbol.
23678
23679 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23680
23681 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23682 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23683 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23684 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23685 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23686
23687 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23688
23689 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23690 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23691 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23692 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23693 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23694
23695 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23696
23697 ;;;***
23698 \f
23699 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-mime) "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el" (18865
23700 ;;;;;; 61687))
23701 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
23702
23703 (autoload 'rmail-mime "rmailmm" "\
23704 Process the current Rmail message as a MIME message.
23705 This creates a temporary \"*RMAIL*\" buffer holding a decoded
23706 copy of the message. Content-types are handled according to
23707 `rmail-mime-media-type-handlers-alist'. By default, this
23708 displays text and multipart messages, and offers to download
23709 attachments as specfied by `rmail-mime-attachment-dirs-alist'.
23710
23711 \(fn)" t nil)
23712
23713 ;;;***
23714 \f
23715 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23716 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
23717 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23718
23719 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23720 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23721 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23722 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23723
23724 This applies only to the current session.
23725
23726 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23727
23728 ;;;***
23729 \f
23730 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23731 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (18910 23702))
23732 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23733
23734 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23735 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23736 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23737 case it writes Babyl.
23738
23739 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23740 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23741 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23742 `rmail-default-file'.
23743
23744 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23745 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23746 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23747
23748 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23749 the header display is currently pruned.
23750
23751 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23752 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23753 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23754 messages after output.
23755
23756 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23757 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23758 message (if writing a file directly).
23759
23760 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23761 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23762
23763 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23764
23765 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23766 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23767 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23768 i) the header is output as currently seen
23769 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23770 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23771
23772 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23773 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23774 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23775
23776 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23777
23778 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23779 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23780 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23781 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23782 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23783 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23784 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23785
23786 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23787 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23788 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23789
23790 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23791
23792 ;;;***
23793 \f
23794 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23795 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23796 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18863
23797 ;;;;;; 60809))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23799
23800 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23801 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by \"Date\" header.
23802 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23803
23804 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23805
23806 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23807 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by \"Subject\" header.
23808 Ignores any \"Re: \" prefix. If prefix argument REVERSE is
23809 non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23810
23811 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23812
23813 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23814 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by author.
23815 This uses either the \"From\" or \"Sender\" header, downcased.
23816 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23817
23818 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23819
23820 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23821 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by recipient.
23822 This uses either the \"To\" or \"Apparently-To\" header, downcased.
23823 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23824
23825 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23826
23827 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23828 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by other correspondent.
23829 This uses either the \"From\", \"Sender\", \"To\", or
23830 \"Apparently-To\" header, downcased. Uses the first header not
23831 excluded by `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'. If prefix argument
23832 REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23833
23834 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23835
23836 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23837 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by the number of lines.
23838 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23839
23840 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23841
23842 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23843 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by labels.
23844 LABELS is a comma-separated list of labels. The order of these
23845 labels specifies the order of messages: messages with the first
23846 label come first, messages with the second label come second, and
23847 so on. Messages that have none of these labels come last.
23848 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23849
23850 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23851
23852 ;;;***
23853 \f
23854 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-by-senders
23855 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
23856 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
23857 ;;;;;; (18903 29194))
23858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23859
23860 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23861 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23862
23863 \(fn)" t nil)
23864
23865 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23866 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23867 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23868
23869 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23870
23871 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23872 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23873 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23874 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23875 only look in the To and From fields.
23876 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23877
23878 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23879
23880 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23881 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23882 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23883 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23884 Emacs will list the message in the summary.
23885
23886 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23887
23888 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23889 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23890 Normally checks just the Subject field of headers; but with prefix
23891 argument WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil, looks in the whole message.
23892 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23893
23894 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23895
23896 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23897 Display a summary of all messages whose \"From\" field matches SENDERS.
23898 SENDERS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23899
23900 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23901
23902 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23903 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23904 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23905 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23906 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23907 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23908 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23909
23910 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23911 sent by you under different user names.
23912 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23913
23914 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23915
23916 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23917
23918 ;;;***
23919 \f
23920 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23921 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23923
23924 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23925 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23926 Return a pattern.
23927
23928 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23929
23930 ;;;***
23931 \f
23932 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23933 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23934 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23935
23936 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23937 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23938 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23939 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23940
23941 \(fn)" t nil)
23942
23943 ;;;***
23944 \f
23945 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23946 ;;;;;; (18787 48932))
23947 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23948
23949 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23950 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23951
23952 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23953 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23954 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23955 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23956 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23957 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23958 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23959 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23960 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23961 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23962
23963 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23964 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23965 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23966 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23967 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23968 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23969 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23970 to use for finding the schema.
23971
23972 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23973
23974 ;;;***
23975 \f
23976 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18787
23977 ;;;;;; 48932))
23978 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23979
23980 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23981
23982 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23983 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23984 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23985 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23986 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23987 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23988 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23989 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23990 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23991 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23992 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23993 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23994 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23995 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23996 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23997 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23998 must be equal.
23999
24000 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24001
24002 ;;;***
24003 \f
24004 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24005 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18821 3056))
24006 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24007
24008 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24009 Define a robin package.
24010
24011 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24012 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24013 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24014 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24015
24016 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24017 one replaces the old one.
24018
24019 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24020
24021 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24022 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24023
24024 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24025 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24026 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24027
24028 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24029
24030 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24031 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24032
24033 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24034
24035 ;;;***
24036 \f
24037 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24038 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18787 48918))
24039 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24040
24041 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24042 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24043
24044 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24045
24046 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24047 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24048
24049 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24050
24051 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24052 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24053
24054 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24055
24056 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24057 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24058 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24059
24060 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24061 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24062 in ROT13.
24063
24064 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24065
24066 \(fn)" t nil)
24067
24068 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24069 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24070
24071 \(fn)" t nil)
24072
24073 ;;;***
24074 \f
24075 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24076 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
24077 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24078 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24079
24080 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24081 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24082 \\<rst-mode-map>
24083 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24084 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24085 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24086 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24087 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24088
24089 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24090 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24091 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24092 font-locking of blocks.
24093
24094 \\{rst-mode-map}
24095
24096 \(fn)" t nil)
24097
24098 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24099 ReST Minor Mode.
24100 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24101 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24102 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24103 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24104
24105 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24106 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24107 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24108
24109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24110
24111 ;;;***
24112 \f
24113 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24114 ;;;;;; (19001 2148))
24115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24116
24117 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24118 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24119 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24120 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24121 nesting into account.
24122
24123 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24124
24125 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24126
24127 \(fn)" t nil)
24128
24129 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
24130
24131 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
24132
24133 ;;;***
24134 \f
24135 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18787
24136 ;;;;;; 48918))
24137 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24138
24139 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24140 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24141
24142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24143
24144 ;;;***
24145 \f
24146 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18787
24147 ;;;;;; 48922))
24148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24149
24150 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24151 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24152 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24153 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24154
24155 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24156
24157 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24158 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24159 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24160
24161 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24162 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24163 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24164
24165 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24166 notation.
24167
24168 STRING
24169 matches string STRING literally.
24170
24171 CHAR
24172 matches character CHAR literally.
24173
24174 `not-newline', `nonl'
24175 matches any character except a newline.
24176
24177 `anything'
24178 matches any character
24179
24180 `(any SET ...)'
24181 `(in SET ...)'
24182 `(char SET ...)'
24183 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24184 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24185 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24186
24187 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24188 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24189 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24190 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24191
24192 `(not (any SET ...))'
24193 matches any character not in SET ...
24194
24195 `line-start', `bol'
24196 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24197 in the text being matched
24198
24199 `line-end', `eol'
24200 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24201
24202 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24203 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24204 string being matched against.
24205
24206 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24207 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24208 string being matched against.
24209
24210 `buffer-start'
24211 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24212 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24213
24214 `buffer-end'
24215 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24216 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24217
24218 `point'
24219 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24220
24221 `word-start', `bow'
24222 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24223
24224 `word-end', `eow'
24225 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24226
24227 `word-boundary'
24228 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24229 word.
24230
24231 `(not word-boundary)'
24232 `not-word-boundary'
24233 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24234 word.
24235
24236 `symbol-start'
24237 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24238
24239 `symbol-end'
24240 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24241
24242 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24243 matches 0 through 9.
24244
24245 `control', `cntrl'
24246 matches ASCII control characters.
24247
24248 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24249 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24250
24251 `blank'
24252 matches space and tab only.
24253
24254 `graphic', `graph'
24255 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24256 space, and DEL.
24257
24258 `printing', `print'
24259 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24260 and DEL.
24261
24262 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24263 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24264 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24265
24266 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24267 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24268 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24269
24270 `ascii'
24271 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24272
24273 `nonascii'
24274 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24275
24276 `lower', `lower-case'
24277 matches anything lower-case.
24278
24279 `upper', `upper-case'
24280 matches anything upper-case.
24281
24282 `punctuation', `punct'
24283 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24284 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24285
24286 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24287 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24288
24289 `word', `wordchar'
24290 matches anything that has word syntax.
24291
24292 `not-wordchar'
24293 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24294
24295 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24296 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24297 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24298 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24299
24300 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24301 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24302 `word' (\\sw)
24303 `symbol' (\\s_)
24304 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24305 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24306 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24307 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24308 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24309 `escape' (\\s\\)
24310 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24311 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24312 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24313 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24314 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24315
24316 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24317 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24318
24319 `(category CATEGORY)'
24320 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24321 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24322
24323 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24324 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24325 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24326 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24327 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24328 `symbol' (\\c5)
24329 `digit' (\\c6)
24330 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24331 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24332 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24333 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24334 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24335 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24336 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24337 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24338 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24339 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24340 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24341 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24342 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24343 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24344 `ascii' (\\ca)
24345 `arabic' (\\cb)
24346 `chinese' (\\cc)
24347 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24348 `greek' (\\cg)
24349 `korean' (\\ch)
24350 `indian' (\\ci)
24351 `japanese' (\\cj)
24352 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24353 `latin' (\\cl)
24354 `lao' (\\co)
24355 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24356 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24357 `thai' (\\ct)
24358 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24359 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24360 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24361 `can-break' (\\c|)
24362
24363 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24364 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24365
24366 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24367 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24368 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24369 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24370 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24371
24372 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24373 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24374 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24375 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24376
24377 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24378 another name for `submatch'.
24379
24380 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24381 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24382 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24383 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24384 regular expression.
24385
24386 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24387 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24388 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24389 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24390 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24391
24392 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24393 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24394
24395 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24396 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24397
24398 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24399 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24400 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24401
24402 `(* SEXP ...)'
24403 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24404 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24405
24406 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24407 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24408 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24409
24410 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24411 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24412 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24413
24414 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24415 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24416
24417 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24418 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24419
24420 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24421 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24422 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24423 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24424
24425 `(? SEXP ...)'
24426 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24427
24428 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24429 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24430
24431 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24432 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24433 matches N occurrences.
24434
24435 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24436 matches N or more occurrences.
24437
24438 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24439 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24440 matches N to M occurrences.
24441
24442 `(backref N)'
24443 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24444
24445 `(eval FORM)'
24446 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24447 `regexp-quote' it.
24448
24449 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24450 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24451
24452 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24453
24454 ;;;***
24455 \f
24456 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24457 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24458 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24459
24460 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24461 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24462 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24463 interface.")
24464
24465 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24466
24467 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24468 Toggle savehist-mode.
24469 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24470 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24471 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24472 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24473
24474 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24475 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24476 which is probably undesirable.
24477
24478 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24479
24480 ;;;***
24481 \f
24482 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24483 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
24484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24485
24486 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24487 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24488 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24489
24490 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24491 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24492 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24493 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24494 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24495 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24496 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24497 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24498
24499 Commands:
24500 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24501 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24502 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24503 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24504 if that value is non-nil.
24505
24506 \(fn)" t nil)
24507
24508 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24509 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24510 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24511
24512 Commands:
24513 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24514 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24515 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24516 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24517 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24518 that variable's value is a string.
24519
24520 \(fn)" t nil)
24521
24522 ;;;***
24523 \f
24524 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24525 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
24526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24527
24528 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24529 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24530 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24531
24532 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24533
24534 \(fn)" t nil)
24535
24536 ;;;***
24537 \f
24538 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24539 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24540 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24541
24542 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24543 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24544 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24547 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24548
24549 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24550
24551 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24552 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24553 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24554 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24555 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24556
24557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24558
24559 ;;;***
24560 \f
24561 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24562 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24563 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24564
24565 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24566 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24567 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24568 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24569 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24570 during scrolling.
24571
24572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24573
24574 ;;;***
24575 \f
24576 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24577 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24578 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24579 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24580 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24581 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24582 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24583 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24584 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18910 23702))
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24586
24587 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24588 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24589
24590 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24591 king@grassland.com
24592 If `parens', they look like:
24593 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24594 If `angles', they look like:
24595 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24596 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24597 derived from the envelope-from address.
24598
24599 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24600 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24601 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24602 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24603
24604 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24605
24606 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24607 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24608 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24609 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24610
24611 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24612 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24613 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24614 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24615
24616 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24617
24618 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24619 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24620 This is done when the message is initialized,
24621 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24622
24623 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24624
24625 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24626 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24627 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24628
24629 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24630
24631 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24632
24633 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24634 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24635 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24636 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24637 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24638 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24639 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24640
24641 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24642
24643 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24644 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24645
24646 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24647
24648 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24649 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24650 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24651 be a Babyl file.")
24652
24653 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24654
24655 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24656 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24657 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24658 when you first send mail.")
24659
24660 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24661
24662 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24663 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24664 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24665 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24666 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24667
24668 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24669
24670 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24671 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24672 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24673 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24674 This file need not actually exist.")
24675
24676 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24677
24678 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24679 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24680 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24681
24682 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24683
24684 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24685 Alist of mail address aliases,
24686 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24687 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24688 can specify a different file name.)
24689 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24690 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24691
24692 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24693 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24694 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24695
24696 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24697
24698 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24699 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24700 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24701
24702 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24703
24704 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24705 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24706 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24707 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24708 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24709 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24710 in the cited portion of the message.
24711
24712 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24713 instead of no action.")
24714
24715 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24716
24717 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24718 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24719 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24720 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24721 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24722
24723 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24724
24725 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24726 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24727 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24728 If a string, that string is inserted.
24729 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24730 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24731 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24732 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24733
24734 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24735
24736 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24737 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24738
24739 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24740
24741 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24742 Directory for mail buffers.
24743 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24744 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24745
24746 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24747
24748 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24749 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24750 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24751 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24752
24753 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24754
24755 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24756 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24757 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24758 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24759 is non-nil.")
24760
24761 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24762
24763 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24764 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24765 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24766 `query' means ask the user each time.
24767 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24768 The default is `mime'.
24769 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24770 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24771
24772 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24773
24774 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24775 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24776 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24777
24778 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24779 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24780
24781 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24782 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24783 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24784 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24785 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24786 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24787 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24788 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24789 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24790 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24791 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24792 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24793 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24794
24795 \(fn)" t nil)
24796
24797 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24798 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24799 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24800 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24801
24802 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24803
24804 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24805 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24806 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24807 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24808 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24809 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24810
24811 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24812 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24813 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24814
24815 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24816 User should not set this variable manually,
24817 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24818 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24819 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24820 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24821
24822 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24823 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24824 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24825 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24826
24827 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24828 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24829
24830 \\<mail-mode-map>
24831 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24832
24833 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24834 to move to message header fields:
24835 \\{mail-mode-map}
24836
24837 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24838 when the message is initialized.
24839
24840 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24841 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24842
24843 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24844 is inserted.
24845
24846 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24847 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24848
24849 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24850 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24851 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24852 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24853 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24854 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24855 buffer without erasing the contents.
24856
24857 The second through fifth arguments,
24858 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24859 the initial contents of those header fields.
24860 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24861 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24862 original message being replied to, or else an action
24863 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24864 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24865 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24866 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24867 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24868 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24869
24870 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24871
24872 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24873 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24874
24875 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24876
24877 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24878 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24879
24880 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24881
24882 ;;;***
24883 \f
24884 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24885 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (18871
24886 ;;;;;; 14577))
24887 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24888
24889 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24890 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24891 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24892 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24893 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24894 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24895
24896 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24897 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24898
24899 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24900 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24901 \\[server-start].
24902
24903 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24904
24905 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24906 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24907 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24908 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24909
24910 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24911
24912 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24913 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24914 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24915 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24916 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24917 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24918
24919 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24920
24921 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24922 Toggle Server mode.
24923 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24924 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24925 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24926
24927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24928
24929 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24930 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24931 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24932
24933 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24934 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24935
24936 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24937
24938 ;;;***
24939 \f
24940 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18787 48918))
24941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24942
24943 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24944 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24945 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24946
24947 Key definitions:
24948 \\{ses-mode-map}
24949 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24950 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24951 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24952 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24953
24954 \(fn)" t nil)
24955
24956 ;;;***
24957 \f
24958 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24959 ;;;;;; (18791 16534))
24960 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24961
24962 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24963 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24964 Makes > match <.
24965 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24966 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24967
24968 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24969 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24970 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24971
24972 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24973 in your `.emacs' file.
24974
24975 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24976
24977 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24978 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24979 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24980
24981 \(fn)" t nil)
24982
24983 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24984
24985 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24986 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24987 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24988 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24989 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24990 which this is based.
24991
24992 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24993
24994 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24995 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24996 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24997 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24998
24999 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25000 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25001 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25002
25003 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25004 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25005 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25006 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25007
25008 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25009 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25010 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25011 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25012
25013 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25014
25015 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25016 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25017 To work around that, do:
25018 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25019
25020 \\{html-mode-map}
25021
25022 \(fn)" t nil)
25023
25024 ;;;***
25025 \f
25026 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25027 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
25028 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25029 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25030
25031 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25032 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25033 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25034 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25035 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25036 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25037
25038 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25039 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25040 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25041 shell-specific features.
25042
25043 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25044 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25045 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25046 \\<sh-mode-map>
25047 \\[sh-case] case statement
25048 \\[sh-for] for loop
25049 \\[sh-function] function definition
25050 \\[sh-if] if statement
25051 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25052 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25053 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25054 \\[sh-select] select loop
25055 \\[sh-until] until loop
25056 \\[sh-while] while loop
25057
25058 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25059 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25060 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25061 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25062 would indent to the way it currently is.
25063 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25064 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25065
25066
25067 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25068 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25069 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25070 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25071 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25072 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25073
25074 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25075 {, (, [, ', \", `
25076 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25077
25078 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25079 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25080 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25081
25082 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25083 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25084
25085 \(fn)" t nil)
25086
25087 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25088
25089 ;;;***
25090 \f
25091 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18787 48918))
25092 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25093
25094 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25095 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25096 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25097 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25098 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25099 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25100
25101 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25102
25103 ;;;***
25104 \f
25105 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25106 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
25107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25108
25109 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25110 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25111
25112 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25113 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25114 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25115 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25116 the earlier.
25117
25118 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25119
25120 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25121
25122 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25123 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25124 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25125
25126 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25127 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25128
25129 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25130 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25131 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25132 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25133 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25134 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25135 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25136 Emacs version).
25137
25138 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25139 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25140 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25141 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25142 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25143
25144 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25145 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25146 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25147
25148 \(fn)" t nil)
25149
25150 ;;;***
25151 \f
25152 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25153 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18787
25154 ;;;;;; 48918))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25156
25157 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25158 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25159 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25160 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25161 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25162 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25163 sites in the cluster.
25164
25165 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25166
25167 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25168 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25169 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25170 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25171 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25172
25173 \(fn)" t nil)
25174
25175 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25176 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25177 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25178 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25179 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25180 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25181 `shadow-define-cluster').
25182
25183 \(fn)" t nil)
25184
25185 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25186 Set up file shadowing.
25187
25188 \(fn)" t nil)
25189
25190 ;;;***
25191 \f
25192 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25193 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25195
25196 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25197 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25198 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25199 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25200 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25201 arguments.")
25202
25203 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25204
25205 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25206 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25207 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25208 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25209 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25210
25211 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25212 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25213 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25214 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25215 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25216 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25217 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25218 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25219 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25220 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25221 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25222
25223 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25224 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25225 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25226 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25227 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25228 `default-process-coding-system'.
25229
25230 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25231 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25232 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25233 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25234
25235 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25236
25237 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25238 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25239
25240 ;;;***
25241 \f
25242 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25243 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18787 48928))
25244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25245
25246 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25247 Not documented
25248
25249 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25250
25251 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25252 Not documented
25253
25254 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25255
25256 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25257 Not documented
25258
25259 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25260
25261 ;;;***
25262 \f
25263 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25264 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25266
25267 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25268 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25269 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25270 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25271 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25272
25273 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25274
25275 \(fn)" t nil)
25276
25277 ;;;***
25278 \f
25279 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18791
25280 ;;;;;; 16532))
25281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25282
25283 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25284 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25285 \\{simula-mode-map}
25286 Variables controlling indentation style:
25287 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25288 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25289 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25290 `simula-indent-level'
25291 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25292 `simula-substatement-offset'
25293 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25294 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25295 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25296 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25297 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25298 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25299 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25300 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25301 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25302 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25303 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25304 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25305 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25306 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25307 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25308 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25309 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25310 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25311 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25312 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25313 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25314 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25315 or nil if they should not be changed.
25316 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25317 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25318 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25319 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25320
25321 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25322 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25323
25324 \(fn)" t nil)
25325
25326 ;;;***
25327 \f
25328 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25329 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18791 16512))
25330 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25331
25332 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25333 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25334
25335 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25336 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25337 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25338 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25339
25340 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25341
25342 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25343 Insert SKELETON.
25344 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25345 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25346 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25347 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25348 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25349
25350 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25351 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25352
25353 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25354
25355 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25356 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25357
25358 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25359 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25360 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25361 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25362
25363 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25364 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25365 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25366 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25367
25368 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25369 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25370 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25371
25372 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25373 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25374
25375 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25376 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25377
25378 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25379 _ interesting point, interregion here
25380 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25381 interesting point set by _
25382 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25383 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25384 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25385 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25386 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25387 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25388 nil skipped
25389
25390 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25391 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25392
25393 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25394 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25395 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25396 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25397 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25398 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25399 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25400 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25401
25402 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25403 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25404 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25405 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25406 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25407 available:
25408
25409 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25410 then: insert previously read string once more
25411 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25412 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25413 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25414
25415 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25416 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25417
25418 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25419
25420 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25421 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25422
25423 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25424 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25425 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25426 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25427 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25428 such as backslash.
25429
25430 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25431 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25432 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25433
25434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25435
25436 ;;;***
25437 \f
25438 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25439 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18825 40643))
25440 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25441
25442 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25443 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25444 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25445 buffer names.
25446
25447 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25448
25449 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25450 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25451 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25452
25453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25454
25455 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25456 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25457 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25458
25459 \(fn)" t nil)
25460
25461 ;;;***
25462 \f
25463 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25464 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25466
25467 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25468 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25469 A list of images is returned.
25470
25471 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25472
25473 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25474 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25475 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25476
25477 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25478
25479 ;;;***
25480 \f
25481 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25482 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18971 23221))
25483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25484
25485 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25486 Not documented
25487
25488 \(fn)" nil nil)
25489
25490 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25491 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25492
25493 \(fn)" t nil)
25494
25495 ;;;***
25496 \f
25497 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18787 48933))
25498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25499
25500 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25501 Play the Snake game.
25502 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25503
25504 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25505
25506 Snake mode keybindings:
25507 \\<snake-mode-map>
25508 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25509 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25510 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25511 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25512 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25513 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25514 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25515
25516 \(fn)" t nil)
25517
25518 ;;;***
25519 \f
25520 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25521 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
25522 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25523
25524 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25525 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25526 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25527 Tab indents for C code.
25528 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25529 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25530 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25531 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25532 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25533
25534 \(fn)" t nil)
25535
25536 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25537 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25538 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25539 Tab indents for C code.
25540 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25541 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25542 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25543 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25544 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25545
25546 \(fn)" t nil)
25547
25548 ;;;***
25549 \f
25550 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18983
25551 ;;;;;; 49576))
25552 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25553
25554 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25555 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25556 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25557 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25558 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25559
25560 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25561
25562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25563
25564 ;;;***
25565 \f
25566 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18787
25567 ;;;;;; 48933))
25568 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25569
25570 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25571 Play Solitaire.
25572
25573 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25574 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25575 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25576 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25577 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25578 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25579 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25580 check after each move or undo.)
25581
25582 What is Solitaire?
25583
25584 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25585 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25586 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25587
25588 Le Solitaire
25589 ============
25590
25591 o o o
25592
25593 o o o
25594
25595 o o o o o o o
25596
25597 o o o . o o o
25598
25599 o o o o o o o
25600
25601 o o o
25602
25603 o o o
25604
25605 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25606 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25607 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25608 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25609
25610 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25611 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25612 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25613 this: o o .
25614
25615 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25616 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25617
25618 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25619
25620 o o o
25621
25622 . o o
25623
25624 o o . o o o o
25625
25626 o . o o o o o
25627
25628 o o o o o o o
25629
25630 o o o
25631
25632 o o o
25633
25634 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25635
25636 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25637
25638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25639
25640 ;;;***
25641 \f
25642 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25643 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25644 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18787 48918))
25645 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25646 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25647
25648 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25649 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25650
25651 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25652 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25653 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25654 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25655 contiguous.
25656
25657 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25658 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25659 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25660 the sort order.
25661
25662 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25663 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25664
25665 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25666 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25667 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25668 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25669 is called.
25670
25671 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25672 It should move point to the end of the record.
25673
25674 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25675 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25676 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25677 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25678 starts at the beginning of the record.
25679
25680 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25681 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25682 same as ENDRECFUN.
25683
25684 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25685 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25686
25687 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25688
25689 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25690 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25691 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25692 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25693 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25694 the sort order.
25695
25696 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25697
25698 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25699 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25700 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25701 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25702 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25703 the sort order.
25704
25705 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25706
25707 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25708 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25709 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25710 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25711 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25712 the sort order.
25713
25714 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25715 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25716
25717 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25718 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25719 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25720 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25721 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25722 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25723 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25724 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25725 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25726
25727 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25728
25729 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25730 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25731 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25732 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25733 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25734 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25735 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25736 the sort order.
25737
25738 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25739
25740 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25741 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25742 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25743 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25744 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25745 is to be used for sorting.
25746 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25747 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25748 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25749 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25750 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25751
25752 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25753
25754 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25755 the sort order.
25756
25757 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25758 starting with the letter \"f\",
25759 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25760
25761 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25762
25763 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25764 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25765 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25766 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25767 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25768 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25769 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25770 the sort order.
25771
25772 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25773 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25774 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25775 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25776 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25777
25778 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25781 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25782 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25783
25784 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25785
25786 ;;;***
25787 \f
25788 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18935
25789 ;;;;;; 28926))
25790 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25791
25792 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25793 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25794 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25795 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25796 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25797 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25798
25799 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25800
25801 ;;;***
25802 \f
25803 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25804 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25805 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18791 16522))
25806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25807
25808 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25809 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25810
25811 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25812 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25813 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25814
25815 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25816
25817 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25818 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25819 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25820 server.
25821
25822 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25823
25824 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25825 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25826 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25827
25828 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25829
25830 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25831 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25832 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25833 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25834 Agent is plugged.
25835
25836 \(fn)" t nil)
25837
25838 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25839 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25840 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25841 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25842
25843 \(fn)" t nil)
25844
25845 ;;;***
25846 \f
25847 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25848 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18834 13432))
25849 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25850
25851 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25852
25853 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25854 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25855 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25856 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25857 supported at a time.
25858 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25859 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25860
25861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25862
25863 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25864 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25865 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25866 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25867
25868 \(fn)" t nil)
25869
25870 ;;;***
25871 \f
25872 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25873 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18787 48936))
25874 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25875
25876 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25877
25878 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25879 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25880 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25881 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25882 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25883 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25884
25885 \(fn)" t nil)
25886
25887 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25888
25889 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25890 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25891 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25892 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25893
25894 \(fn)" t nil)
25895
25896 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25897
25898 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25899 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25900 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25901 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25902 for example, \"word\".
25903
25904 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25905
25906 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25907
25908 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25909 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25910
25911 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25912
25913 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25914
25915 ;;;***
25916 \f
25917 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18787
25918 ;;;;;; 48933))
25919 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25920
25921 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25922 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25923
25924 \(fn)" t nil)
25925
25926 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25927 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25928
25929 \(fn)" nil nil)
25930
25931 ;;;***
25932 \f
25933 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25934 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25935 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25936 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18838
25937 ;;;;;; 52325))
25938 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25939
25940 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25941 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25942
25943 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25944 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25945 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25946 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25947 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25948 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25949 of the current highlighting list.
25950
25951 For example:
25952
25953 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25954 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25955
25956 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25957 `_t' as data types.
25958
25959 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25960
25961 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25962 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25963
25964 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25965 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25966
25967 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25968
25969 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25970 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25971 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25972
25973 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25974
25975 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25976 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25977 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25978 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25979 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25980 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25981 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25982 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25983 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25984
25985 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25986
25987 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25988 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25989 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25990 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25991
25992 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25993 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25994 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25995 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25996
25997 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25998 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25999 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26000
26001 \(fn)" t nil)
26002
26003 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26004 Major mode to edit SQL.
26005
26006 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26007 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26008 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26009
26010 \\{sql-mode-map}
26011 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26012
26013 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26014 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26015 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26016 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26017 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26018 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26019
26020 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26021 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26022
26023 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26024 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26025 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26026
26027 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26028 (lambda ()
26029 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26030
26031 \(fn)" t nil)
26032
26033 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26034 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26035
26036 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26037 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26038 `*SQL*'.
26039
26040 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26041
26042 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26043
26044 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26045 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26046
26047 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26048 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26049 `*SQL*'.
26050
26051 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26052 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26053 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26054 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26055
26056 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26057 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26058
26059 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26060 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26061 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26062 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26063 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26064 `default-process-coding-system'.
26065
26066 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26067
26068 \(fn)" t nil)
26069
26070 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26071 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26072
26073 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26074 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26075 `*SQL*'.
26076
26077 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26078 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26079 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26080 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26081
26082 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26083 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26084
26085 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26086 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26087 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26088 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26089 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26090 `default-process-coding-system'.
26091
26092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26093
26094 \(fn)" t nil)
26095
26096 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26097 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26098
26099 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26100 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26101 `*SQL*'.
26102
26103 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26104 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26105
26106 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26107 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26108
26109 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26110 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26111 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26112 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26113 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26114 `default-process-coding-system'.
26115
26116 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26117
26118 \(fn)" t nil)
26119
26120 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26121 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26122
26123 SQLite is free software.
26124
26125 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26126 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26127 `*SQL*'.
26128
26129 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26130 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26131 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26132 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26133
26134 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26135 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26136
26137 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26138 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26139 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26140 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26141 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26142 `default-process-coding-system'.
26143
26144 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26145
26146 \(fn)" t nil)
26147
26148 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26149 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26150
26151 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26152
26153 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26154 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26155 `*SQL*'.
26156
26157 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26158 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26159 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26160 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26161
26162 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26163 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26164
26165 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26166 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26167 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26168 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26169 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26170 `default-process-coding-system'.
26171
26172 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26173
26174 \(fn)" t nil)
26175
26176 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26177 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26178
26179 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26180 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26181 `*SQL*'.
26182
26183 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26184 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26185 defaults, if set.
26186
26187 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26188 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26189
26190 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26191 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26192 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26193 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26194 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26195 `default-process-coding-system'.
26196
26197 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26198
26199 \(fn)" t nil)
26200
26201 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26202 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26203
26204 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26205 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26206 `*SQL*'.
26207
26208 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26209 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26210
26211 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26212 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26213
26214 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26215 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26216 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26217 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26218 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26219 `default-process-coding-system'.
26220
26221 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26222
26223 \(fn)" t nil)
26224
26225 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26226 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26227
26228 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26229 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26230 `*SQL*'.
26231
26232 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26233 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26234 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26235 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26236
26237 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26238 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26239
26240 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26241 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26242 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26243 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26244 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26245 `default-process-coding-system'.
26246
26247 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26248
26249 \(fn)" t nil)
26250
26251 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26252 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26253
26254 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26255 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26256 `*SQL*'.
26257
26258 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26259 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26260 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26261 `sql-postgres-options'.
26262
26263 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26264 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26265
26266 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26267 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26268 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26269 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26270 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26271 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26272 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26273 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26274
26275 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26276 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26277
26278 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26279
26280 \(fn)" t nil)
26281
26282 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26283 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26284
26285 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26286 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26287 `*SQL*'.
26288
26289 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26290 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26291 defaults, if set.
26292
26293 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26294 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26295
26296 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26297 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26298 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26299 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26300 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26301 `default-process-coding-system'.
26302
26303 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26304
26305 \(fn)" t nil)
26306
26307 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26308 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26309
26310 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26311 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26312 `*SQL*'.
26313
26314 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26315 automatic login.
26316
26317 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26318 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26319
26320 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26321 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26322 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26323 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26324
26325 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26326 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26327 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26328 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26329 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26330 `default-process-coding-system'.
26331
26332 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26333
26334 \(fn)" t nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26337 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26338
26339 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26340 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26341 `*SQL*'.
26342
26343 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26344 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26345 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26346 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26347 parameters.
26348
26349 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26350 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26351 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26352 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26353 an empty password.
26354
26355 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26357
26358 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26359
26360 \(fn)" t nil)
26361
26362 ;;;***
26363 \f
26364 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26365 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26366 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26367 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26368 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18787
26369 ;;;;;; 48918))
26370 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26371
26372 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26373 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26374 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26375 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26376 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26377 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26378
26379 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26380
26381 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26382
26383 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26384 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26385 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26386 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26387 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26388 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26389 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26390
26391 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26392
26393 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26394 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26395 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26396 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26397 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26398 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26399 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26400
26401 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26402
26403 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26404 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26405 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26406
26407 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26408
26409 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26410 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26411 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26412
26413 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26414
26415 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26416 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26417
26418 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26419
26420 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26421 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26422
26423 \(fn)" t nil)
26424
26425 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26426 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26427
26428 \(fn)" t nil)
26429
26430 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26431 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26432 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26433 chronologically by command name.
26434 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26435
26436 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26437
26438 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26439 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26440 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26443 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26444
26445 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26446
26447 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26448 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26449 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26450 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26451 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26452 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26453 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26454
26455 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26456 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26457 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26458 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26459
26460 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26461
26462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26463
26464 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26465 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26466 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26467 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26468
26469 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26470
26471 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26472 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26473
26474 \(fn)" t nil)
26475
26476 ;;;***
26477 \f
26478 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26479 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 59248))
26480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26481
26482 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26483 Studlify-case the region.
26484
26485 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26486
26487 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26488 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26489
26490 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26491
26492 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26493 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26494
26495 \(fn)" t nil)
26496
26497 ;;;***
26498 \f
26499 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26500 ;;;;;; (18885 458))
26501 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26502
26503 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26504 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26505 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26506 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26507 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26508 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26509 original message but it does require a few things:
26510
26511 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26512
26513 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26514 reply buffer.
26515
26516 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26517 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26518 original message.
26519
26520 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26521
26522 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26523
26524 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26525 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26526 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26527
26528 \(fn)" nil nil)
26529
26530 ;;;***
26531 \f
26532 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26533 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18787 48935))
26534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26535
26536 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26537 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26538 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26539 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26540 `complete-symbol'.
26541 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26542 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26543
26544 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26545 determining which symbols are considered.
26546
26547 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26548 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26549 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26550 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26551
26552 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26553
26554 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26555 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26556 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26557 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26558 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26559 completion:
26560
26561 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26562 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26563 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26564 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26565
26566 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26567
26568 ;;;***
26569 \f
26570 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18787
26571 ;;;;;; 48918))
26572 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26573
26574 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26575
26576 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26577 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26578 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26581 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26582
26583 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26584
26585 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26586 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26587 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26588 otherwise turn it off.
26589
26590 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26591 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26592 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26593
26594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26595
26596 ;;;***
26597 \f
26598 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18787 48918))
26599 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26600
26601 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26602 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26603 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26604 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26605 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26606
26607 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26608
26609 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26610 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26611 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26612 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26613 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26614 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26615 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26616
26617 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26618
26619 ;;;***
26620 \f
26621 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26622 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26623 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26624 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26625 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26626 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26627 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26628 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26629 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26630 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26631 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26632 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26633 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18971 25081))
26634 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26635
26636 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26637 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26638 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26639
26640 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26641
26642 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26643 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26644
26645 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26646
26647 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26648 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26649
26650 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26651
26652 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26653 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26654
26655 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26656
26657 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26658 Insert an editable text table.
26659 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26660 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26661 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26662 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26663 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26664 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26665 delimiting them.
26666
26667 Examples:
26668
26669 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26670
26671 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26672 location of point.
26673
26674 -!-
26675
26676 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26677 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26678 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26679 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26680 first cell.
26681
26682 +-----+-----+-----+
26683 |-!- | | |
26684 +-----+-----+-----+
26685
26686 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26687
26688 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26689 width, which results as
26690
26691 +--------------+-----+-----+
26692 |-!- | | |
26693 +--------------+-----+-----+
26694
26695 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26696 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26697
26698 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26699 | | |-!- |
26700 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26701
26702 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26703 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26704 width information to `table-insert'.
26705
26706 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26707
26708 instead of
26709
26710 Cell width(s): 5
26711
26712 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26713 work all together.
26714
26715 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26716 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26717
26718 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26719 |-!- | | |
26720 | | | |
26721 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26722
26723 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26724
26725 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26726 |-!- | | |
26727 | | | |
26728 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26729 | | | |
26730 | | | |
26731 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26732
26733 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26734
26735 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26736 | | | |
26737 | | | |
26738 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26739 | | | |
26740 | | | |
26741 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26742 -!-
26743
26744 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26745 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26746 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26747
26748 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26749 | | | |
26750 | | | |
26751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26752 | | | |
26753 | | | |
26754 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26755 |-!- | | |
26756 | | | |
26757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758
26759 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26760 results.
26761
26762 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26763 | | | |
26764 | | | |
26765 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26766 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26767 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26768 | | |expected results.-!- |
26769 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26770 | | | |
26771 | | | |
26772 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26773
26774 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26775
26776 \\{table-cell-map}
26777
26778 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26779
26780 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26781 Insert N table row(s).
26782 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26783 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26784 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26785 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26786
26787 \(fn N)" t nil)
26788
26789 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26790 Insert N table column(s).
26791 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26792 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26793 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26794 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26795
26796 \(fn N)" t nil)
26797
26798 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26799 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26800 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26801
26802 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26803
26804 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26805 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26806 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26807 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26808 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26809 all the table specific features.
26810
26811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26812
26813 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26814 Not documented
26815
26816 \(fn)" t nil)
26817
26818 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26819 Recognize all tables within region.
26820 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26821 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26822 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26823 specific features.
26824
26825 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26826
26827 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26828 Not documented
26829
26830 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26831
26832 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26833 Recognize a table at point.
26834 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26835 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26836 the table specific features.
26837
26838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26839
26840 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26841 Not documented
26842
26843 \(fn)" t nil)
26844
26845 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26846 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26847 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26848 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26849 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26850 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26851 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26852
26853 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26854
26855 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26856 Not documented
26857
26858 \(fn)" t nil)
26859
26860 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26861 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26862 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26863 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26864 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26865 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26866 specified.
26867
26868 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26869
26870 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26871 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26872 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26873 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26874 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26875 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26876 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26877 table structure.
26878
26879 \(fn N)" t nil)
26880
26881 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26882 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26883 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26884 table's rectangle structure.
26885
26886 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26887
26888 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26889 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26890 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26891 table's rectangle structure.
26892
26893 \(fn N)" t nil)
26894
26895 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26896 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26897 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26898 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26899 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26900
26901 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26902
26903 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26904 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26905 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26906
26907 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26908 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26909 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26910 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26911 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26912 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26913 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26914
26915 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26916 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26917 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26918 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26919 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26920 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26921 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26922
26923 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26924 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26925 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26926 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26927 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26928 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26929 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26930 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26931
26932 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26933
26934 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26935 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26936 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26937 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26938
26939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26940
26941 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26942 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26943 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26944
26945 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26946
26947 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26948 Split current cell vertically.
26949 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26950
26951 \(fn)" t nil)
26952
26953 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26954 Split current cell horizontally.
26955 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26956
26957 \(fn)" t nil)
26958
26959 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26960 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26961 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26962
26963 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26964
26965 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26966 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26967 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26968 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26969
26970 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26971
26972 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26973 Justify cell contents.
26974 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26975 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26976 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26977 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26978
26979 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26980
26981 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26982 Justify cells of a row.
26983 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26984 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26985
26986 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26987
26988 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26989 Justify cells of a column.
26990 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26991 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26992
26993 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26994
26995 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26996 Toggle fixing width mode.
26997 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26998 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26999 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27000
27001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27002
27003 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27004 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27005 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27006 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27007 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27008 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27009 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27010 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27011 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27012 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27013 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27014
27015 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27016
27017 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27018 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27019 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27020 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27021 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27022 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27023 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27024 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27025 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27026 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27027 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27028 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27029 untouched.
27030
27031 References used for this implementation:
27032
27033 HTML:
27034 http://www.w3.org
27035
27036 LaTeX:
27037 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27038
27039 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27040 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27041 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27042
27043 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27044
27045 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27046 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27047 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27048 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27049 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27050 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27051 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27052 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27053 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27054 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27055 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27056 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27057 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27058 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27059 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27060 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27061 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27062
27063 Example:
27064
27065 (progn
27066 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27067 (table-forward-cell 15)
27068 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27069 (table-forward-cell 16)
27070 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27071 (table-forward-cell 1)
27072 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27073
27074 (progn
27075 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27076 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27077 (table-forward-cell 1)
27078 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27079
27080 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27081
27082 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27083 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27084 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27085 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27086 consists from cells of same height.
27087
27088 \(fn N)" t nil)
27089
27090 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27091 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27092 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27093 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27094 column must consists from cells of same width.
27095
27096 \(fn N)" t nil)
27097
27098 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27099 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27100 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27101 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27102 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27103 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27104 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27105 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27106 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27107 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27108 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27109 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27110 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27111 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27112 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27113
27114
27115 Example 1:
27116
27117 1, 2, 3, 4
27118 5, 6, 7, 8
27119 , 9, 10
27120
27121 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27122 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27123 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27124 specified as 5.
27125
27126 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27127 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27128 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27129 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27130 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27131 | | 9 | 10 | |
27132 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27133
27134 Note:
27135
27136 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27137 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27138 of each row is optional.
27139
27140
27141 Example 2:
27142
27143 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27144 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27145 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27146 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27147 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27148
27149 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27150 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27151
27152 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27153 expression and raw delimiter regular
27154 expression, it parses the specified text
27155 area and extracts cell items from
27156 non-table text and then forms a table out
27157 of them.
27158
27159 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27160 creates a single cell table. The text in
27161 the specified region is placed in that
27162 cell.-*-
27163
27164 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27165 like this.
27166
27167 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27168 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27169 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27170 | |
27171 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27172 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27173 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27174 | area and extracts cell items from |
27175 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27176 | of them. |
27177 | |
27178 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27179 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27180 | the specified region is placed in that |
27181 | cell. |
27182 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27183
27184 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27185 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27186 independently.
27187
27188 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27189 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27190 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27191 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27192 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27193 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27194 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27195 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27196 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27197 | |of them. |
27198 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27199 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27200 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27201 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27202 | |cell. |
27203 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27204
27205 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27206 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27207 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27208
27209 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27210
27211 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27212 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27213 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27214 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27215 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27216
27217 \(fn)" t nil)
27218
27219 ;;;***
27220 \f
27221 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18787 48918))
27222 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27223
27224 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27225 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27226
27227 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27228
27229 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27230 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27231
27232 \(fn)" t nil)
27233
27234 ;;;***
27235 \f
27236 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18985 38697))
27237 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27238
27239 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27240 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27241 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27242 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27243 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27244 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27245 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27246
27247 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27248 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27249 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27250 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27251
27252 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27253 \\{tar-mode-map}
27254
27255 \(fn)" t nil)
27256
27257 ;;;***
27258 \f
27259 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27260 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18791 16532))
27261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27262
27263 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27264 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27265 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27266 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27267 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27268 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27269
27270 Variables controlling indentation style:
27271 `tcl-indent-level'
27272 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27273 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27274 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27275
27276 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27277 documentation for details):
27278 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27279 Controls action of TAB key.
27280 `tcl-auto-newline'
27281 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27282 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27283 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27284 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27285 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27286
27287 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27288 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27289 already exist.
27290
27291 Commands:
27292 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27293
27294 \(fn)" t nil)
27295
27296 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27297 Run inferior Tcl process.
27298 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27299 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27300
27301 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27302
27303 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27304 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27305 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27306
27307 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27308
27309 ;;;***
27310 \f
27311 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18787 48931))
27312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27313 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27314
27315 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27316 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27317 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27318 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27319
27320 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27321 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27322 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27323 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27324 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27325
27326 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27327 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27328
27329 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27330 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27331 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27332 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27333
27334 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27335
27336 ;;;***
27337 \f
27338 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27339 ;;;;;; (18873 47526))
27340 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27341
27342 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27343 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27344 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27345 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27346 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27347 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27348
27349 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27350
27351 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27352 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27353 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27354 commands to use in that buffer.
27355
27356 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27357
27358 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27359
27360 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27361 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27362
27363 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27364
27365 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27366 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27367 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27368 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27369 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27370 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27371 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27372 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27373 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27374 use in that buffer.
27375 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27376
27377 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27378
27379 ;;;***
27380 \f
27381 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18791
27382 ;;;;;; 16513))
27383 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27384
27385 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27386 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27387 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27388 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27389 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27390 program as keyboard input.
27391
27392 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27393 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27394 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27395 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27396
27397 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27398 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27399 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27400 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27401 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27402
27403 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27404
27405 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27406 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27407 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27408 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27409
27410 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27411 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27412 subprocess started.
27413
27414 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27415
27416 ;;;***
27417 \f
27418 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27419 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
27420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27421
27422 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27423 Start coverage on function under point.
27424
27425 \(fn)" t nil)
27426
27427 ;;;***
27428 \f
27429 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18787 48933))
27430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27431
27432 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27433 Play the Tetris game.
27434 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27435 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27436 as to form complete rows.
27437
27438 tetris-mode keybindings:
27439 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27440 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27441 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27442 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27443 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27444 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27445 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27446 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27447 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27448
27449 \(fn)" t nil)
27450
27451 ;;;***
27452 \f
27453 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27454 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27455 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27456 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27457 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27458 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27459 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27460 ;;;;;; (18964 39342))
27461 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27462
27463 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27464 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27465
27466 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27467
27468 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27469 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27470 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27471 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27472 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27473
27474 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27475
27476 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27477 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27478 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27479 if it matches the first line of the file,
27480 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27481
27482 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27483
27484 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27485 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27486 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27487 if the variable is non-nil.")
27488
27489 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27490
27491 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27492 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27493
27494 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27495
27496 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27497 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27498 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27499 See the documentation of that variable.")
27500
27501 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27502
27503 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27504 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27505 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27506 See the documentation of that variable.")
27507
27508 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27509
27510 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27511 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27512 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27513 See the documentation of that variable.")
27514
27515 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27516
27517 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27518 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27519 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27520 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27521 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27522
27523 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27524
27525 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27526 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27527 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27528 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27529
27530 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27531
27532 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27533 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27534 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27535
27536 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27537
27538 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27539 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27540 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27541 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27542
27543 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27544
27545 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27546 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27547 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27548 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27549
27550 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27551
27552 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27553 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27554 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27555 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27556
27557 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27558 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27559 for example,
27560
27561 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27562 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27563
27564 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27565 use.")
27566
27567 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27568
27569 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27570 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27571 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27572 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27573 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27574
27575 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27576
27577 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27578
27579 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27580 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27581 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27582
27583 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27584
27585 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27586 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27587 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27588 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27589 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27590
27591 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27592
27593 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27594 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27595
27596 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27597
27598 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27599 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27600
27601 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27602
27603 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27604 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27605 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27606 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27607 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27608 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27609 says which mode to use.
27610
27611 \(fn)" t nil)
27612
27613 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27614
27615 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27616
27617 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27618
27619 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27620 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27621 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27622 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27623 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27624
27625 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27626 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27627 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27628 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27629 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27630 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27631 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27632
27633 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27634 mismatched $'s or braces.
27635
27636 Special commands:
27637 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27638
27639 Mode variables:
27640 tex-run-command
27641 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27642 tex-directory
27643 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27644 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27645 tex-dvi-print-command
27646 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27647 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27648 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27649 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27650 tex-dvi-view-command
27651 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27652 tex-show-queue-command
27653 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27654 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27655
27656 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27657 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27658 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27659
27660 \(fn)" t nil)
27661
27662 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27663 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27664 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27665 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27666 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27667
27668 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27669 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27670 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27671 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27672 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27673 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27674 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27675
27676 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27677 mismatched $'s or braces.
27678
27679 Special commands:
27680 \\{latex-mode-map}
27681
27682 Mode variables:
27683 latex-run-command
27684 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27685 tex-directory
27686 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27687 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27688 tex-dvi-print-command
27689 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27690 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27691 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27692 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27693 tex-dvi-view-command
27694 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27695 tex-show-queue-command
27696 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27697 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27698
27699 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27700 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27701 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27702
27703 \(fn)" t nil)
27704
27705 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27706 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27707 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27708 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27709 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27710
27711 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27712 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27713 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27714 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27715 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27716 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27717 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27718
27719 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27720 mismatched $'s or braces.
27721
27722 Special commands:
27723 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27724
27725 Mode variables:
27726 slitex-run-command
27727 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27728 tex-directory
27729 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27730 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27731 tex-dvi-print-command
27732 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27733 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27734 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27735 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27736 tex-dvi-view-command
27737 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27738 tex-show-queue-command
27739 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27740 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27741
27742 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27743 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27744 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27745 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27746
27747 \(fn)" t nil)
27748
27749 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27750 Not documented
27751
27752 \(fn)" nil nil)
27753
27754 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27755 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27756
27757 \(fn)" t nil)
27758
27759 ;;;***
27760 \f
27761 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27762 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18787 48936))
27763 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27764
27765 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27766 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27767 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27768 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27769
27770 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27771 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27772 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27773
27774 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27775
27776 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27777 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27778 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27779 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27780 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27781
27782 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27783
27784 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27785 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27786 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27787 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27788
27789 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27790 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27791 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27792 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27793
27794 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27795 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27796
27797 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27798
27799 ;;;***
27800 \f
27801 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27802 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18787 48936))
27803 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27804
27805 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27806 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27807
27808 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27809
27810 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27811 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27812
27813 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27814
27815 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27816 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27817
27818 It has these extra commands:
27819 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27820
27821 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27822 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27823 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27824 modified version of TeX input format.
27825
27826 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27827 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27828 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27829 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27830
27831 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27832 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27833 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27834 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27835 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27836 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27837 in the Texinfo file.
27838
27839 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27840 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27841 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27842 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27843 move forward past the closing brace.
27844
27845 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27846 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27847
27848 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27849 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27850 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27851
27852 Here are the functions:
27853
27854 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27855 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27856 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27857
27858 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27859 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27860 texinfo-master-menu
27861
27862 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27863
27864 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27865 which menu descriptions are indented.
27866
27867 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27868 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27869 in the region.
27870
27871 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27872 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27873 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27874 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27875
27876 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27877 be the first node in the file.
27878
27879 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27880 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27881
27882 \(fn)" t nil)
27883
27884 ;;;***
27885 \f
27886 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27887 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27888 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
27889 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27890
27891 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27892 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27893 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27894 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27895
27896 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27897
27898 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27899 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27900
27901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27902
27903 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27904 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27905
27906 \(fn)" t nil)
27907
27908 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27909 Not documented
27910
27911 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27912
27913 ;;;***
27914 \f
27915 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27916 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27917 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18921 19113))
27918 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27919
27920 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27921 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27922
27923 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27924
27925 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27926 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27927 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27928 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27929 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27930
27931 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27932 a symbol as a valid THING.
27933
27934 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27935 of the textual entity that was found.
27936
27937 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27938
27939 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27940 Return the THING at point.
27941 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27942 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27943 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27944
27945 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27946 a symbol as a valid THING.
27947
27948 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27949
27950 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27951 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27952
27953 \(fn)" nil nil)
27954
27955 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27956 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27957
27958 \(fn)" nil nil)
27959
27960 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27961 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27962
27963 \(fn)" nil nil)
27964
27965 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27966 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27967
27968 \(fn)" nil nil)
27969
27970 ;;;***
27971 \f
27972 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27973 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27974 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
27975 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27976
27977 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27978 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27979
27980 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27981
27982 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27983 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27984 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27985 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27986
27987 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27988
27989 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27990 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27991
27992 \(fn)" t nil)
27993
27994 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27995 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27996
27997 \(fn)" t nil)
27998
27999 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28000
28001 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28002 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28003
28004 \(fn)" t nil)
28005
28006 ;;;***
28007 \f
28008 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28009 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28010 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28011 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28012 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18787
28013 ;;;;;; 48929))
28014 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28015
28016 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28017 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28018 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28019
28020 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28021
28022 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28023 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28024
28025 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28026
28027 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28028 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28029 The returned string has no composition information.
28030
28031 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28032
28033 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28034 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28035
28036 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28037
28038 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28039 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28040
28041 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28042
28043 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28044 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28045 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28046 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28047
28048 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28049
28050 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28051 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28052 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28053 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28054
28055 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28056
28057 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28058 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28059 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28060
28061 \(fn)" t nil)
28062
28063 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28064 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28065 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28066
28067 \(fn)" t nil)
28068
28069 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28070 Not documented
28071
28072 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28073
28074 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28075 Not documented
28076
28077 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28078
28079 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28080 Not documented
28081
28082 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28083
28084 ;;;***
28085 \f
28086 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28087 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
28088 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28089
28090 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28091 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28092 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28093 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28094 parameters.
28095 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28096
28097 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28098
28099 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28100 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28101 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28102 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28103 parameters.
28104 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28105
28106 \(fn)" t nil)
28107
28108 ;;;***
28109 \f
28110 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28111 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28112 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18886 63158))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28114
28115 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28116 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28117
28118 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28119
28120 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28121 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28122 This display updates automatically every minute.
28123 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28124 are displayed as well.
28125 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28126
28127 \(fn)" t nil)
28128
28129 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28130 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28131 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28132 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28133 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28134 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28135
28136 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28137
28138 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28139 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28140 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28141
28142 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28143 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28144 are displayed as well.
28145 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28146
28147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28148
28149 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28150 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28151 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28152 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28153
28154 \(fn)" t nil)
28155
28156 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28157 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28158 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28159 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28160
28161 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28162
28163 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28164 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28165
28166 \(fn)" t nil)
28167
28168 ;;;***
28169 \f
28170 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28171 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28172 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28173 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28174 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18791 16516))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28176
28177 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28178 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28179
28180 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28181
28182 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28183 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28184 You can use `float-time' instead.
28185
28186 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28187
28188 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28189 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28190
28191 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28192
28193 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28194 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28195
28196 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28197
28198 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28199 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28200
28201 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28202
28203 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28204 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28205 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28206
28207 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28208
28209 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28210
28211 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28212 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28213 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28214
28215 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28216
28217 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28218 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28219
28220 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28221
28222 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28223 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28224 DATE should be a date-time string.
28225
28226 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28227
28228 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28229 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28230 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28231
28232 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28233
28234 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28235 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28236
28237 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28238
28239 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28240 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28241
28242 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28243
28244 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28245 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28246 TIME should be a time value.
28247 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28248
28249 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28250
28251 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28252 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28253 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28254
28255 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28256
28257 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28258 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28259 The valid format specifiers are:
28260 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28261 %d is the number of days.
28262 %h is the number of hours.
28263 %m is the number of minutes.
28264 %s is the number of seconds.
28265 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28266 %% is a literal \"%\".
28267
28268 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28269 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28270
28271 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28272 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28273 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28274
28275 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28276 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28277 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28278
28279 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28280
28281 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28282
28283 ;;;***
28284 \f
28285 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28286 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18787 48918))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28288 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28291 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28292 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28293 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28294 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28295 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28296
28297 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28298 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28299 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28300 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28301 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28302 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28303 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28304 look like one of the following:
28305 Time-stamp: <>
28306 Time-stamp: \" \"
28307 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28308 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28309 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28310 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28311 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28312 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28313 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28314 the template.
28315
28316 \(fn)" t nil)
28317
28318 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28319 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28320 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28321
28322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28323
28324 ;;;***
28325 \f
28326 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28327 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28328 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28329 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28330 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
28331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28332
28333 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28334 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28335 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28336 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28337 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28338 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28339 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28340 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28341 display (non-nil means on).
28342
28343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28344
28345 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28346 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28347 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28348 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28349 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28350 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28351 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28352 this function is called within a day.
28353
28354 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28355 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28356 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28357 discover the name of the project.
28358
28359 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28360
28361 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28362 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28363 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28364 begun during the last time segment.
28365
28366 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28367 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28368 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28369 discover the reason.
28370
28371 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28372
28373 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28374 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28375 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28376 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28377 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28378
28379 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28380
28381 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28382 Change to working on a different project.
28383 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28384 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28385 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28386 working on.
28387
28388 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28389
28390 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28391 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28392 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28393
28394 \(fn)" nil nil)
28395
28396 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28397 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28398 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28399
28400 \(fn)" t nil)
28401
28402 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28403 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28404 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28405 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28406 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28407 \"relative to today\".
28408
28409 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28410
28411 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28412 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28413 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28414 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28415
28416 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28417
28418 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28419 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28420 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28421 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28422 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28423 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28424
28425 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28426
28427 ;;;***
28428 \f
28429 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28430 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18837 32927))
28431 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28432
28433 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28434 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28435 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28436 the generated Quail package is saved.
28437
28438 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28439
28440 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28441 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28442 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28443 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28444 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28445 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28446 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28447
28448 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28449
28450 ;;;***
28451 \f
28452 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28453 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18791 16513))
28454 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28455 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28456 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28457
28458 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28459 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28460 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28461 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28462 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28463
28464 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28465
28466 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28467 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28468 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28469 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28470 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28471
28472 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28473
28474 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28475 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28476 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28477 in the menu in two ways:
28478 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28479 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28480 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28481
28482 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28483 keymap or an alist of alists.
28484 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28485 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28486
28487 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28488
28489 ;;;***
28490 \f
28491 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28492 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28493 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18817 51432))
28494 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28495
28496 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28497 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28498
28499 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28500
28501 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28502 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28503
28504 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28505
28506 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28507 Insert new TODO list entry.
28508 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28509 category.
28510
28511 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28512
28513 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28514 List top priorities for each category.
28515
28516 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28517 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28518
28519 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28520 between each category.
28521
28522 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28523
28524 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28525 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28526 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28527 between each category.
28528
28529 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28530
28531 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28532
28533 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28534 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28535
28536 \\{todo-mode-map}
28537
28538 \(fn)" t nil)
28539
28540 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28541 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28542
28543 \(fn)" nil nil)
28544
28545 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28546 Show TODO list.
28547
28548 \(fn)" t nil)
28549
28550 ;;;***
28551 \f
28552 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28553 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28554 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18792 39484))
28555 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28556
28557 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28558 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28559 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28560
28561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28562
28563 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28564
28565 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28566 Add an item to the tool bar.
28567 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28568 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28569 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28570 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28571
28572 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28573 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28574 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28575 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28576
28577 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28578 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28579
28580 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28581
28582 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28583 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28584 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28585 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28586 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28587 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28588
28589 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28590 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28591 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28592 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28593
28594 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28595
28596 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28597 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28598 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28599 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28600 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28601 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28602 properties to add to the binding.
28603
28604 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28605
28606 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28607 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28608
28609 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28610
28611 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28612 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28613 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28614 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28615 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28616 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28617 properties to add to the binding.
28618
28619 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28620 holds a keymap.
28621
28622 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28623
28624 ;;;***
28625 \f
28626 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28627 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28629
28630 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28631 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28632 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28633 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28634 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28635 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28636
28637 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28638
28639 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28640 TPU/edt emulation.
28641
28642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28643
28644 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28645
28646 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28647 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28648
28649 \(fn)" t nil)
28650
28651 ;;;***
28652 \f
28653 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28654 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28656
28657 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28658 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28659
28660 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28661 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28662 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28663 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28664 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28665
28666 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28667 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28668 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28669 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28670 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28671
28672 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28673 (tpu-edt)
28674
28675 Known Problems:
28676
28677 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28678 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28679 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28680 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28681 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28682 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28683
28684 \(fn)" t nil)
28685
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18787 48923))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28690
28691 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28692 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28693 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28694 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28695 to a tcp server on another machine.
28696
28697 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28698
28699 ;;;***
28700 \f
28701 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28702 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18787 48923))
28703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28704
28705 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28706 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28707
28708 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28709
28710 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28711 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28712 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28713 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28714 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28715 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28716 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28717 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28718
28719 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28720
28721 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28722 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28723 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28724 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28725 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28726 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28727 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28728 the window or buffer configuration.
28729
28730 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28731
28732 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28733
28734 ;;;***
28735 \f
28736 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28737 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28738 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28739 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18988 7734))
28740 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28741
28742 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28743 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28744 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28745
28746 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28747
28748 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28749 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28750
28751 It can have the following values:
28752
28753 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28754 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28755 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28756
28757 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28758
28759 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28760 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28761 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28762 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28763
28764 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28765 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28766 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28767 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28768
28769 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28770 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28771 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28772
28773 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28774 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28775 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28776 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28777 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28778 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28779 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28780 files which are not really Tramp files.
28781
28782 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28783 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28784 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28785 updated after changing this variable.
28786
28787 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28788
28789 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28790 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28791 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28792 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28793
28794 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28795 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28796 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28797 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28798
28799 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28800 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28801 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28802 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28803
28804 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28805 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28806 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28807
28808 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28809 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28810 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28811
28812 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28813 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28814 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28815 updated after changing this variable.
28816
28817 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28818
28819 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28820 Alist of completion handler functions.
28821 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28822 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28823 normal Emacs functions.")
28824
28825 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28826 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28827 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28828 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28829
28830 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28831 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28832 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28833 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28834
28835 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28836 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28837 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28838
28839 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28840
28841 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28842 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28843 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28844
28845 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28846 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28847 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28848
28849 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28850 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28851 (add-hook
28852 'after-init-hook
28853 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28854
28855 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28856 Not documented
28857
28858 \(fn)" nil nil)
28859
28860 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28861 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28862
28863 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28864
28865 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28866 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28867
28868 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28869
28870 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28871 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28872
28873 \(fn)" t nil)
28874
28875 ;;;***
28876 \f
28877 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28878 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
28879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28880
28881 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28882 Not documented
28883
28884 \(fn)" nil nil)
28885
28886 ;;;***
28887 \f
28888 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18953
28889 ;;;;;; 42629))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28891
28892 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28893 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28894 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28895 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28896 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28897 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28898 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28899 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28900
28901 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28902 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28903 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28904
28905 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28906 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28907 resumed later.
28908
28909 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28910
28911 ;;;***
28912 \f
28913 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28914 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
28915 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28916
28917 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28918 Not documented
28919
28920 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28921
28922 ;;;***
28923 \f
28924 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28925 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18979 8337))
28926 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28927 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28928 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28929 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28930
28931 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28932 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28933 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28934 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28935 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28936 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28937 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28938
28939 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28940
28941 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28942 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28943 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28944 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28945
28946 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28947
28948 \(fn)" t nil)
28949
28950 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28951 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28952 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28953 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28954 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28955 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28956 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28957
28958 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28959 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28960
28961 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28962 \\___/\\
28963 / \\
28964 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28965
28966 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28967
28968 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28969
28970 ;;;***
28971 \f
28972 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28973 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28974 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28975 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28976 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
28977 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28978
28979 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28980 Toggle typing break mode.
28981 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28983 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28984
28985 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28986
28987 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28988 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28989
28990 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28991
28992 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28993 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28994
28995 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28996 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28997 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28998
28999 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29000 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29001
29002 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29003
29004 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29005 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29006
29007 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29008 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29009 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29010 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29011
29012 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29013
29014 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29015 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29016 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29017
29018 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29019 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29020 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29021 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29022 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29023 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29024
29025 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29026 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29027 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29028 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29029
29030 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29031 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29032
29033 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29034 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29035
29036 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29037
29038 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29039 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29040 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29041
29042 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29043 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29044 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29045 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29046 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29047 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29048 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29049
29050 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29051 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29052
29053 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29054 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29055 reset the keystroke counter.
29056
29057 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29058 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29059 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29060 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29061
29062 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29063 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29064 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29065 `type-break-schedule' command.
29066
29067 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29068 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29069 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29070 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29071 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29072 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29073 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29074 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29075 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29076
29077 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29078 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29079 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29080 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29081 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29082
29083 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29084 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29085 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29086 approximate good values for this.
29087
29088 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29089 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29090
29091 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29092 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29093 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29094 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29095 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29096 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29097
29098 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29099 a typing break occur. They include:
29100
29101 `type-break-query-mode'
29102 `type-break-query-function'
29103 `type-break-query-interval'
29104
29105 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29106
29107 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29108 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29109 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29110 problems.
29111
29112 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29113
29114 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29115 Take a typing break.
29116
29117 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29118 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29119
29120 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29121 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29122
29123 \(fn)" t nil)
29124
29125 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29126 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29127 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29128 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29129
29130 \(fn)" t nil)
29131
29132 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29133 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29134
29135 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29136 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29137 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29138 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29139 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29140 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29141 average typing speed.)
29142
29143 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29144 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29145 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29146 the computed maximum threshold.
29147
29148 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29149 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29150 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29151 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29152 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29153
29154 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29155
29156 ;;;***
29157 \f
29158 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (18820 21794))
29159 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29160
29161 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29162 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29163 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29164 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29165 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29166
29167 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29168
29169 ;;;***
29170 \f
29171 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29172 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18787 48936))
29173 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29174
29175 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29176 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29177 Works by overstriking underscores.
29178 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29179 which specify the range to operate on.
29180
29181 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29182
29183 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29184 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29185 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29186 which specify the range to operate on.
29187
29188 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29189
29190 ;;;***
29191 \f
29192 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29193 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18828 23019))
29194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29195
29196 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29197 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29198 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29199
29200 \(fn)" t nil)
29201
29202 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29203 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29204 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29205 following the containing message.
29206
29207 \(fn)" t nil)
29208
29209 ;;;***
29210 \f
29211 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29212 ;;;;;; (18911 46082))
29213 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29214
29215 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29216 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29217 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29218 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29219 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29220 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29221
29222 \(fn)" nil nil)
29223
29224 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29225 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29226
29227 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29228
29229 ;;;***
29230 \f
29231 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18787
29232 ;;;;;; 48923))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29234
29235 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29236 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29237 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29238 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29239
29240 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29241
29242 ;;;***
29243 \f
29244 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29245 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18787 48937))
29246 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29247
29248 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29249 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29250 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29251
29252 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29253 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29254 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29255 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29256 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29257 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29258
29259 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29260 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29261 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29262
29263 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29264 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29265 the callback is not called).
29266
29267 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29268 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29269 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29270 take effect.
29271
29272 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29273
29274 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29275 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29276 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29277 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29278 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29279
29280 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29281
29282 ;;;***
29283 \f
29284 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29285 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18787 48936))
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29287
29288 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29289 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29290 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29291
29292 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29293 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29294 `url-generic-parse-url'
29295 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29296 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29297 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29298 realm
29299 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29300 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29301 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29302 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29303 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29304 what type of auth to use
29305 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29306 if one cannot be found in the cache
29307
29308 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29309
29310 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29311 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29312
29313 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29314 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29315 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29316 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29317 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29318 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29319 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29320 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29321
29322 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29323
29324 ;;;***
29325 \f
29326 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29327 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18787
29328 ;;;;;; 48936))
29329 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29330
29331 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29332 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29333
29334 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29335
29336 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29337 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29338
29339 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29340
29341 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29342 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29343
29344 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29345
29346 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29347 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29348
29349 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29350
29351 ;;;***
29352 \f
29353 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18791 16534))
29354 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29355
29356 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29357 Not documented
29358
29359 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29360
29361 ;;;***
29362 \f
29363 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29364 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18787 48936))
29365 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29366
29367 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29368 Not documented
29369
29370 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29371
29372 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29373 Not documented
29374
29375 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29376
29377 ;;;***
29378 \f
29379 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18829
29380 ;;;;;; 63990))
29381 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29382
29383 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29384 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29385
29386 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29387
29388 ;;;***
29389 \f
29390 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29391 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18787 48936))
29392 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29393
29394 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29395 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29396
29397 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29398
29399 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29400 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29401 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29402 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29403 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29404
29405 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29406
29407 ;;;***
29408 \f
29409 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29410 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29411 ;;;;;; (18893 13106))
29412 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29413
29414 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29415 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29416 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29417 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29418 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29419 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29420
29421 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29422
29423 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29424 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29425
29426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29427
29428 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29429 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29430 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29431 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29432
29433 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29434
29435 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29436 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29437 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29438 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29439 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29440 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29441 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29442 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29443 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29444
29445 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29446
29447 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29448 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29449 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29450 accessible.
29451
29452 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29453
29454 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29455 Not documented
29456
29457 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29458
29459 ;;;***
29460 \f
29461 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29462 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18787 48936))
29463 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29464
29465 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29466 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29467 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29468 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29469 CBARGS as the arguments.
29470
29471 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29472
29473 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29474 Not documented
29475
29476 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29477
29478 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29479
29480 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29481 Not documented
29482
29483 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29484
29485 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29486 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29487 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29488
29489 Property list members:
29490
29491 methods
29492 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29493 supports.
29494
29495 dav
29496 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29497 supported.
29498
29499 dasl
29500 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29501
29502 ranges
29503 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29504
29505 p3p
29506 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29507 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29508 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29509 Emacs/W3.
29510
29511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29512
29513 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29514 Default HTTPS port.")
29515
29516 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29517 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29518 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29519
29520 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29521 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29522 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29523 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29524 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29525
29526 ;;;***
29527 \f
29528 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18787 48936))
29529 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29530
29531 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29532 Not documented
29533
29534 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29535
29536 ;;;***
29537 \f
29538 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18787
29539 ;;;;;; 48936))
29540 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29541
29542 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29543 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29544 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29545 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29546 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29547
29548 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29549
29550 ;;;***
29551 \f
29552 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29553 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29554 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29555
29556 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29557 Not documented
29558
29559 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29560
29561 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29562 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29563
29564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29565
29566 ;;;***
29567 \f
29568 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29569 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18787 48937))
29570 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29571
29572 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29573 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29574
29575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29576
29577 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29578 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29579
29580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29581
29582 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29583 Not documented
29584
29585 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29586
29587 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29588
29589 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29590
29591 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29592
29593 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29594 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29595
29596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29597
29598 ;;;***
29599 \f
29600 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29601 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29602 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29603
29604 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29605 Not documented
29606
29607 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29608
29609 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29610 Not documented
29611
29612 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29613
29614 ;;;***
29615 \f
29616 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29617 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29618 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29619 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29620
29621 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29622 Not documented
29623
29624 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29625
29626 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29627 Not documented
29628
29629 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29630
29631 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29632 Not documented
29633
29634 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29635
29636 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29637 Not documented
29638
29639 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29640
29641 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29642 Not documented
29643
29644 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29645
29646 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29647 Not documented
29648
29649 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29650
29651 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29652 Not documented
29653
29654 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29655
29656 ;;;***
29657 \f
29658 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29659 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18787 48937))
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29661
29662 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29663 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29664
29665 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29666
29667 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29668 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29669 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29670 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29671
29672 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29673
29674 ;;;***
29675 \f
29676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29677 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29679
29680 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29681 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29682
29683 \(fn)" t nil)
29684
29685 ;;;***
29686 \f
29687 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29688 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29689 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29690 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29691 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29692 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29693 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18834 13433))
29694 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29695
29696 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29697 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29698 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29699
29700 If t, all messages will be logged.
29701 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29702 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29703
29704 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29705
29706 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29707 Not documented
29708
29709 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29710
29711 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29712 Not documented
29713
29714 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29715
29716 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29717 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29718 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29719 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29720 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29721 & ==> &amp;
29722 < ==> &lt;
29723 > ==> &gt;
29724 \" ==> &quot;
29725
29726 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29727
29728 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29729 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29730 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29731
29732 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29733
29734 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29735 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29736 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29737
29738 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29739
29740 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29741 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29742
29743 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29744
29745 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29746 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29747
29748 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29749
29750 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29751 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29752
29753 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29754
29755 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29756 Not documented
29757
29758 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29759
29760 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29761 Not documented
29762
29763 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29764
29765 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29766 Not documented
29767
29768 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29769
29770 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29771
29772 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29773 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29774
29775 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29776
29777 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29778 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29779
29780 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29781
29782 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29783 Not documented
29784
29785 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29786
29787 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29788 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29789 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29790 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29791 forbidden in URL encoding.
29792
29793 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29794
29795 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29796 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29797 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29798 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29799 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29800 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29801
29802 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29803
29804 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29805 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29806 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29807 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29808
29809 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29810
29811 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29812 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29813 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29814
29815 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29816
29817 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29818 View the current document's URL.
29819 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29820 the minibuffer.
29821
29822 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29823
29824 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29825
29826 ;;;***
29827 \f
29828 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29829 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18787 48918))
29830 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29831
29832 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29833 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29834 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29835 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29836 to refrain from editing the file
29837 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29838 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29839 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29840 in any way you like.
29841
29842 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29843
29844 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29845 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29846 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29847 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29848 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29849
29850 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29851 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29852
29853 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29854
29855 ;;;***
29856 \f
29857 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29858 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29859 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18787 48928))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29861
29862 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29863 Not documented
29864
29865 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29866
29867 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29868 Not documented
29869
29870 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29871
29872 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29873 Not documented
29874
29875 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29876
29877 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29878 Not documented
29879
29880 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29881
29882 ;;;***
29883 \f
29884 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29885 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29886 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
29887 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29888
29889 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29890 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29891 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29892 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29893
29894 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29895
29896 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29897 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29898 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29899
29900 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29901
29902 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29903 Uudecode region between START and END.
29904 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29905
29906 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29907
29908 ;;;***
29909 \f
29910 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29911 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend
29912 ;;;;;; vc-update vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29913 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29914 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29915 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18999 41411))
29916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29917
29918 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29919 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29920 See `run-hooks'.")
29921
29922 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29923
29924 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29925 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29926 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29927
29928 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29929
29930 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29931 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29932 See `run-hooks'.")
29933
29934 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29935
29936 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29937 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29938 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29939
29940 For locking systems:
29941 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29942 control.
29943 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29944 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29945 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29946 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29947 it performs a revert on that file.
29948 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29949 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29950 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29951 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29952 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29953 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29954 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29955
29956 For merging systems:
29957 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29958 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29959 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29960 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29961 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29962 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29963 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29964 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29965 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29966
29967 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29968
29969 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29970 Register into a version control system.
29971 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29972 Otherwise register the current file.
29973 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29974 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29975
29976 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29977 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29978 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29979 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29980 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29981 first backend that could register the file is used.
29982
29983 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29984
29985 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29986 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29987
29988 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29989
29990 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29991 Display diffs between file revisions.
29992 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29993 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29994 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29995
29996 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29997 saving the buffer.
29998
29999 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30000
30001 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30002 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30003 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30004 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30005
30006 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30007
30008 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30009 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30010 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30011 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30012
30013 \(fn)" t nil)
30014
30015 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30016 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30017 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30018 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30019 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30020 from the current branch.
30021
30022 See Info node `Merging'.
30023
30024 \(fn)" t nil)
30025
30026 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30027
30028 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30029 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30030 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30031 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30032 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30033 checked out in that new branch.
30034
30035 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30036
30037 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30038 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30039 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30040 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30041 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30042 allowed and simply skipped).
30043
30044 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30045
30046 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30047 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30048 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30049
30050 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30051
30052 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30053 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30054 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30055 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30056
30057 \(fn)" t nil)
30058
30059 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30060 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30061 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30062 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30063
30064 \(fn)" t nil)
30065
30066 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30067
30068 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30069 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30070 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30071 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30072 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30073 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30074
30075 \(fn)" t nil)
30076
30077 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30078 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30079 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30080 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30081 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30082 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30083 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30084
30085 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30086
30087 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30088 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30089 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30090 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30091 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30092 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30093 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30094 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30095 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30096
30097 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30098
30099 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30100 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30101
30102 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30103
30104 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30105 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30106
30107 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30108
30109 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30110 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30111 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30112 directory.
30113
30114 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30115
30116 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30117 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30118 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30119
30120 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30121 log entries should be gathered.
30122
30123 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30124
30125 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30126 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30127
30128 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30129
30130 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30131 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30132
30133 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30134
30135 ;;;***
30136 \f
30137 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18869
30138 ;;;;;; 47890))
30139 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30140
30141 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30142 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30143
30144 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30145 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30146 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30147 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30148 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30149 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30150
30151 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30152 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30153 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30154 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30155 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30156 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30157 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30158 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30159
30160 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30161
30162 Customization variables:
30163
30164 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30165 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30166 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30167 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30168
30169 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30170
30171 ;;;***
30172 \f
30173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18787 48918))
30174 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30175 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30176 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30177 (progn
30178 (load "vc-arch")
30179 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30180
30181 ;;;***
30182 \f
30183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18961 36795))
30184 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30185
30186 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30187 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30188
30189 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30190 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30191 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30192 (progn
30193 (load "vc-bzr")
30194 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30195
30196 ;;;***
30197 \f
30198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18787 48919))
30199 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30200 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30201 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30202 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30203 (load "vc-cvs")
30204 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30205
30206 ;;;***
30207 \f
30208 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18911 46082))
30209 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30210
30211 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30212 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30213 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30214 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30215 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30216
30217 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30218 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30219 The file lines appear later.
30220
30221 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30222 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30223
30224 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30225
30226 \\<vc-dir-mode-map>
30227
30228 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30229
30230 ;;;***
30231 \f
30232 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30233 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30234 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30235
30236 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30237 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30238 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30239 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30240 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30241 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30242 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30243 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30244 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30245 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30246 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30247 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30248 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30249
30250 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30251
30252 ;;;***
30253 \f
30254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18875 4272))
30255 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30256 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30257 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30258 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30259 (progn
30260 (load "vc-git")
30261 (vc-git-registered file))))
30262
30263 ;;;***
30264 \f
30265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18994 60519))
30266 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30267 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30268 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30269 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30270 (progn
30271 (load "vc-hg")
30272 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30273
30274 ;;;***
30275 \f
30276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18901 14441))
30277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30278
30279 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30280
30281 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30282 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30283 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30284 (progn
30285 (load "vc-mtn")
30286 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30287
30288 ;;;***
30289 \f
30290 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30291 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30292 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30293
30294 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30295 Where to look for RCS master files.
30296 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30297
30298 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30299
30300 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30301
30302 ;;;***
30303 \f
30304 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30305 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30306 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30307
30308 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30309 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30310 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30311
30312 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30313 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30314
30315 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30316 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30317 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30318 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30319
30320 ;;;***
30321 \f
30322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18944 19874))
30323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30324 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30325 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30326 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30327 "_svn")
30328 (t ".svn"))))
30329 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30330 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30331 (file-name-directory f)))
30332 (load "vc-svn")
30333 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30334
30335 ;;;***
30336 \f
30337 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30338 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
30339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30340 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30341
30342 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30343 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30344
30345 Usage:
30346 ------
30347
30348 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30349 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30350 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30351 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30352
30353 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30354 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30355 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30356 completions.
30357
30358 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30359 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30360
30361 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30362 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30363
30364 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30365 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30366 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30367
30368 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30369
30370
30371 Maintenance:
30372 ------------
30373
30374 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30375 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30376
30377 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30378
30379 Official distribution is at
30380 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30381
30382
30383 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30384 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30385
30386 Key bindings:
30387 -------------
30388
30389 \\{vera-mode-map}
30390
30391 \(fn)" t nil)
30392
30393 ;;;***
30394 \f
30395 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30396 ;;;;;; (18836 39031))
30397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30398
30399 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30400 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30401 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30402 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30403 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30404
30405 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30406
30407 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30408 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30409
30410 Supports highlighting.
30411
30412 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30413 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30414
30415 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30416
30417 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30418 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30419 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30420 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30421 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30422 on the left side of your screen.
30423 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30424 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30425 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30426 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30427 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30428 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30429 function keyword.
30430 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30431 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30432 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30433 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30434 if (a)
30435 begin
30436 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30437 Indentation for case statements.
30438 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30439 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30440 mark after an end.
30441 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30442 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30443 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30444 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30445 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30446 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30447 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30448 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30449 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30450 if (a)
30451 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30452 otherwise you get:
30453 if (a)
30454 begin
30455 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30456 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30457 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30458 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30459 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30460 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30461 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30462 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30463 comments in tight quarters.
30464 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30465 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30466
30467 Variables controlling other actions:
30468
30469 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30470 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30471 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30472
30473 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30474
30475 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30476
30477 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30478 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30479 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30480
30481 Some other functions are:
30482
30483 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30484 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30485 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30486 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30487 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30488
30489 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30490 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30491 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30492 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30493
30494 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30495 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30496 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30497 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30498 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30499 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30500 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30501 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30502 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30503 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30504 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30505 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30506 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30507 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30508 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30509 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30510 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30511 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30512 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30513 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30514 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30515 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30516 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30517 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30518 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30519 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30520 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30521 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30522
30523 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30524 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30525
30526 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30527
30528 \(fn)" t nil)
30529
30530 ;;;***
30531 \f
30532 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30533 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
30534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30535
30536 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30537 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30538
30539 Usage:
30540 ------
30541
30542 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30543 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30544 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30545 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30546 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30547 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30548 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30549 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30550 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30551
30552 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30553 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30554 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30555 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30556
30557 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30558 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30559 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30560 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30561 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30562
30563 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30564 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30565
30566
30567 HEADER INSERTION:
30568 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30569 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30570 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30571
30572
30573 STUTTERING:
30574 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30575 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30576 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30577 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30578
30579 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30580 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30581 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30582 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30583 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30584
30585
30586 WORD COMPLETION:
30587 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30588 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30589 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30590 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30591
30592 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30593 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30594 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30595 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30596 beginning with \"std\").
30597
30598 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30599 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30600 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30601 stop.
30602
30603
30604 COMMENTS:
30605 `--' puts a single comment.
30606 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30607 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30608 with a comment in between.
30609 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30610 out following lines.
30611 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30612 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30613
30614 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30615 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30616 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30617 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30618 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30619 non-nil.
30620
30621 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30622 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30623 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30624 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30625 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30626 multi-line comments.
30627
30628
30629 INDENTATION:
30630 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30631 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30632 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30633 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30634
30635 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30636 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30637 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30638 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30639
30640 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30641 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30642 and vice versa.
30643
30644 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30645 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30646
30647
30648 ALIGNMENT:
30649 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30650 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30651 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30652 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30653 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30654 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30655 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30656 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30657
30658 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30659 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30660 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30661 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30662 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30663 is non-nil.
30664
30665 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30666 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30667 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30668
30669 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30670 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30671
30672
30673 CODE FILLING:
30674 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30675 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30676 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30677 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30678 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30679 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30680
30681
30682 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30683 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30684 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30685 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30686 command:
30687
30688 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30689
30690
30691 PORT TRANSLATION:
30692 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30693 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30694 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30695 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30696 internal signal initializations (menu).
30697
30698 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30699 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30700 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30701
30702 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30703 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30704 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30705 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30706 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30707 in subsequent paste operations.)
30708
30709 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30710 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30711 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30712
30713
30714 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30715 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30716 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30717 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30718 association list with formals).
30719
30720
30721 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30722 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30723 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30724 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30725 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30726 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30727 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30728 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30729 `vhdl-testbench'.
30730
30731
30732 KEY BINDINGS:
30733 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30734
30735
30736 VHDL MENU:
30737 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30738
30739
30740 FILE BROWSER:
30741 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30742 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30743 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30744
30745 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30746 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30747
30748
30749 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30750 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30751 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30752 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30753
30754 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30755 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30756 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30757
30758 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30759 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30760 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30761 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30762
30763 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30764 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30765 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30766 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30767 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30768
30769 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30770 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30771 required by secondary units.
30772
30773
30774 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30775 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30776 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30777 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30778 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30779 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30780 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30781 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30782 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30783 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30784 inputs to this component -> input port created
30785 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30786 outputs from this component -> output port created
30787 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30788 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30789
30790 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30791 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30792 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30793 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30794 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30795
30796 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30797 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30798
30799 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30800 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30801 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30802 component instantiation is also supported (option
30803 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30804
30805 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30806 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30807 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30808 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30809 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30810 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30811 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30812 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30813 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30814 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30815 | generating the configuration.
30816 |
30817 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30818 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30819 | configurations in speedbar.
30820
30821 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30822
30823
30824 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30825 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30826 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30827 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30828 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30829 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30830 information. New compilers can be added.
30831
30832 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30833 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30834
30835
30836 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30837 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30838 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30839 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30840 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30841
30842 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30843 command:
30844
30845 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30846 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30847 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30848
30849 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30850 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30851 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30852 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30853 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30854 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30855 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30856
30857 Limitations:
30858 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30859 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30860 not (yet) supported.
30861 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30862 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30863 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30864
30865
30866 PROJECTS:
30867 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30868 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30869 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30870 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30871 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30872 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30873 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30874 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30875
30876 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30877 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30878 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30879 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30880 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30881 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30882 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30883 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30884 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30885 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30886 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30887
30888
30889 SPECIAL MENUES:
30890 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30891 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30892 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30893 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30894 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30895 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30896 current directory for VHDL source files.
30897
30898
30899 VHDL STANDARDS:
30900 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30901 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30902
30903
30904 KEYWORD CASE:
30905 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30906 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30907 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30908 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30909 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30910 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30911 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30912 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30913
30914
30915 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30916 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30917 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30918 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30919 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30920 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30921 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30922
30923 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30924 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30925 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30926 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30927 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30928 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30929
30930 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30931 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30932 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30933 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30934 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30935 visually.
30936
30937 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30938 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30939 highlighted if written in lower case.
30940
30941 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30942 highlighted using a different background color if option
30943 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30944
30945 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30946 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30947 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30948 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30949 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30950
30951
30952 USER MODELS:
30953 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30954 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30955 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30956
30957
30958 HIDE/SHOW:
30959 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30960 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30961 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30962 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30963 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30964
30965
30966 CODE UPDATING:
30967 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30968 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30969 Limitations:
30970 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30971 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30972 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30973 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30974 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30975 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30976 (used to obtain the port names).
30977
30978
30979 CODE FIXING:
30980 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30981 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30982
30983
30984 PRINTING:
30985 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30986 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30987 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30988 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30989 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30990 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30991 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30992 printers.
30993
30994
30995 OPTIONS:
30996 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30997 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30998 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30999 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31000 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31001
31002 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31003 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31004 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31005 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31006 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31007 INSTALL file).
31008
31009 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31010 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31011
31012
31013 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31014 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31015 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31016 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31017
31018 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31019
31020
31021 HINTS:
31022 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31023 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31024
31025 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31026
31027 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31028
31029 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31030
31031
31032 RELEASE NOTES:
31033 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31034
31035
31036 Maintenance:
31037 ------------
31038
31039 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31040 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31041
31042 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31043
31044 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31045 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31046 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31047 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31048
31049 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31050 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31051 where the latest version can be found.
31052
31053
31054 Known problems:
31055 ---------------
31056
31057 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31058 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31059 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31060
31061
31062 The VHDL Mode Authors
31063 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31064
31065 Key bindings:
31066 -------------
31067
31068 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31069
31070 \(fn)" t nil)
31071
31072 ;;;***
31073 \f
31074 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18791 16518))
31075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31076
31077 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31078 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31079 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31080 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31081
31082 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31083 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31084 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31085 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31086 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31087
31088 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31089 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31090
31091 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31092
31093 * Limitations and unsupported features
31094 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31095 not supported.
31096 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31097 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31098
31099 * Modifications
31100 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31101 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31102 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31103 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31104 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31105 for undoing a repeated change command.
31106 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31107 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31108 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31109
31110 * Extensions
31111 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31112 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31113 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31114 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31115 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31116 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31117 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31118 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31119
31120 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31121
31122 \(fn)" t nil)
31123
31124 ;;;***
31125 \f
31126 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31127 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31128 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31129 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18787 48929))
31130 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31131
31132 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31133 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31134
31135 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31136
31137 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31138 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31139 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31140 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31141
31142 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31143
31144 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31145 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31146
31147 \(fn)" t nil)
31148
31149 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31150 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31151 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31152 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31153
31154 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31155
31156 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31157 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31158
31159 \(fn)" t nil)
31160
31161 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31162 Not documented
31163
31164 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31165
31166 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31167 Not documented
31168
31169 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31170
31171 ;;;***
31172 \f
31173 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31174 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31175 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31176 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31177 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18972 12900))
31178 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31179
31180 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31181 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31182 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31183
31184 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31185
31186 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31187 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31188 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31189 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31190
31191 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31192
31193 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31194 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31195
31196 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31197
31198 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31199 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31200 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31201 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31202 moving around in the buffer.
31203 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31204 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31205
31206 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31207
31208 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31209
31210 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31211 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31212 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31213 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31214
31215 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31216 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31217 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31218 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31219 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31220
31221 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31222
31223 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31224
31225 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31226 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31227 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31228 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31229 buffer.
31230
31231 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31232 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31233 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31234 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31235 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31236
31237 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31238
31239 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31240
31241 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31242 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31243 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31244 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31245 moving around in the buffer.
31246 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31247 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31248
31249 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31250
31251 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31252 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31253 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31254
31255 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31256 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31257 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31258 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31259
31260 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31261
31262 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31263 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31264 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31265 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31266 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31267 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31268 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31269 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31270
31271 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31272
31273 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31274 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31275 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31276
31277 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31278
31279 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31280 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31281 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31282 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31283 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31284 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31285 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31286 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31287
31288 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31289
31290 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31291 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31292 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31293
31294 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31295
31296 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31297 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31298 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31299 turn it off.
31300
31301 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31302 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31303 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31304 read-only.
31305 \\<view-mode-map>
31306 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31307 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31308 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31309 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31310 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31311
31312 H, h, ? This message.
31313 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31314 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31315 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31316 > move to the end of buffer.
31317 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31318 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31319 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31320 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31321 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31322 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31323 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31324 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31325 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31326 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31327 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31328 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31329 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31330 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31331 Use this to view a changing file.
31332 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31333 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31334 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31335 . set the mark.
31336 x exchanges point and mark.
31337 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31338 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31339 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31340 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31341 ' go to position saved in character register.
31342 s do forward incremental search.
31343 r do reverse incremental search.
31344 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31345 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31346 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31347 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31348 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31349 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31350 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31351 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31352 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31353 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31354 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31355 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31356 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31357 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31358 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31359 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31360 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31361
31362 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31363 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31364 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31365 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31366 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31367 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31368 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31369 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31370 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31371
31372 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31373
31374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31375
31376 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31377 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31378 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31379 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31380 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31381 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31382 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31383 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31384 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31385
31386 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31387
31388 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31389 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31390 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31391 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31392 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31393 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31394 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31395
31396 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31397 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31398 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31399 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31400 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31401 1) nil Do nothing.
31402 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31403 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31404 frame.
31405 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31406 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31407 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31408 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31409
31410 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31411
31412 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31413
31414 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31415
31416 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31417 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31418
31419 \(fn)" t nil)
31420
31421 ;;;***
31422 \f
31423 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18791
31424 ;;;;;; 16518))
31425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31426
31427 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31428 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31429
31430 \(fn)" nil nil)
31431
31432 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31433 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31434
31435 \(fn)" t nil)
31436
31437 ;;;***
31438 \f
31439 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31440 ;;;;;; (18791 16518))
31441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31442
31443 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31444 Toggle Viper on/off.
31445 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31446
31447 \(fn)" t nil)
31448
31449 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31450 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31451
31452 \(fn)" t nil)
31453
31454 ;;;***
31455 \f
31456 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31457 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
31458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31459
31460 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31461 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31462 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31463 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31464 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31465 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31466 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31467 the beginning of the warning.")
31468
31469 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31470 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31471 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31472 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31473 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31474 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31475 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31476 also call that function before the next warning.")
31477
31478 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31479 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31480
31481 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31482 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31483 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31484 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31485
31486 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31487 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31488 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31489 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31490 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31491 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31492
31493 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31494 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31495 Default is :warning.
31496
31497 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31498 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31499 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31500 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31501 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31502 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31503
31504 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31505 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31506 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31507
31508 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31509
31510 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31511 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31512
31513 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31514
31515 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31516 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31517 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31518 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31519
31520 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31521 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31522 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31523 can be whatever you like.)
31524
31525 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31526 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31527
31528 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31529 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31530 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31531 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31532 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31533
31534 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31535
31536 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31537 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31538 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31539 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31540 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31541
31542 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31543
31544 ;;;***
31545 \f
31546 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31547 ;;;;;; (18791 16514))
31548 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31549
31550 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31551 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31552 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31553 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31554 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31555 in disk.
31556
31557 See `wdired-mode'.
31558
31559 \(fn)" t nil)
31560
31561 ;;;***
31562 \f
31563 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18787 48931))
31564 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31565
31566 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31567 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31568
31569 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31570 hotlist.
31571
31572 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31573 <nwv@acm.org>.
31574
31575 \(fn)" t nil)
31576
31577 ;;;***
31578 \f
31579 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31580 ;;;;;; (18935 29649))
31581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31582 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31583 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31584
31585 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31586
31587 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31588 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31589 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31592 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31593
31594 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31595
31596 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31597 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31598 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31599 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31600
31601 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31602 and off otherwise.
31603
31604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31605
31606 ;;;***
31607 \f
31608 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31609 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31610 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31611 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18787 48919))
31612 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31613
31614 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31615 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31616
31617 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31618 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31619 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31620 Only useful with a windowing system.
31621
31622 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31623 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31624
31625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31626
31627 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31628 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31629
31630 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31631 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31632 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31633 Only useful with a windowing system.
31634
31635 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31636 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31637 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31638 use `whitespace-mode'.
31639
31640 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31641
31642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31643
31644 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31645 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31646 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31648 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31649 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31650
31651 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31652
31653 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31654 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31655
31656 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31657 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31658 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31659 Only useful with a windowing system.
31660
31661 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31662 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31663
31664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31665
31666 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31667 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31668 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31671 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31672
31673 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31674
31675 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31676 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31677
31678 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31679 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31680 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31681 Only useful with a windowing system.
31682
31683 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31684 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31685 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31686 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31687
31688 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31689
31690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31691
31692 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31693 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31694
31695 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31696 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31697
31698 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31699 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31700
31701 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31702
31703 CHAR MEANING
31704 (VIA FACES)
31705 t toggle TAB visualization
31706 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31707 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31708 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31709 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31710 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31711 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31712 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31713 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31714 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31715 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31716 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31717 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31718 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31719 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31720 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31721
31722 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31723 T toggle TAB visualization
31724 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31725 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31726
31727 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31728 ? display brief help
31729
31730 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31731 The valid symbols are:
31732
31733 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31734 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31735 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31736 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31737 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31738 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31739 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31740 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31741 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31742 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31743 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31744 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31745 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31746 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31747 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31748 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31749
31750 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31751 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31752 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31753
31754 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31755
31756 Only useful with a windowing system.
31757
31758 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31759
31760 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31761
31762 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31763 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31764
31765 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31766 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31767
31768 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31769 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31770
31771 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31772
31773 CHAR MEANING
31774 (VIA FACES)
31775 t toggle TAB visualization
31776 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31777 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31778 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31779 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31780 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31781 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31782 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31783 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31784 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31785 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31786 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31787 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31788 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31789 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31790 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31791
31792 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31793 T toggle TAB visualization
31794 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31795 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31796
31797 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31798 ? display brief help
31799
31800 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31801 The valid symbols are:
31802
31803 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31804 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31805 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31806 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31807 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31808 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31809 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31810 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31811 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31812 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31813 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31814 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31815 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31816 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31817 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31818 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31819
31820 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31821 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31822 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31823
31824 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31825
31826 Only useful with a windowing system.
31827
31828 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31829
31830 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31831
31832 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31833 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31834
31835 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31836 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31837 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31838 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31839 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31840
31841 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31842
31843 The problems cleaned up are:
31844
31845 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31846 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31847 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31848 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31849
31850 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31851 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31852 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31853 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31854 SPACEs.
31855 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31856 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31857 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31858 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31859
31860 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31861 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31862 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31863 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31864 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31865 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31866 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31867 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31868
31869 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31870 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31871 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31872
31873 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31874 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31875 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31876 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31877 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31878 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31879 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31880 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31881
31882 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31883 documentation.
31884
31885 \(fn)" t nil)
31886
31887 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31888 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31889
31890 The problems cleaned up are:
31891
31892 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31893 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31894 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31895 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31896 SPACEs.
31897 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31898 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31899 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31900 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31901
31902 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31903 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31904 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31905 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31906 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31907 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31908 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31909 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31910
31911 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31912 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31913 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31914
31915 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31916 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31917 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31918 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31919 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31920 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31921 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31922 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31923
31924 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31925 documentation.
31926
31927 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31928
31929 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31930 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31931
31932 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31933 non-nil.
31934
31935 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31936 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31937 `whitespace-style' to have:
31938
31939 empty
31940 trailing
31941 indentation
31942 space-before-tab
31943 space-after-tab
31944
31945 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31946 whitespace problems in buffer.
31947
31948 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31949
31950 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31951 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31952 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31953 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31954 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31955 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31956 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31957
31958 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31959 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31960 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31961 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31962 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31963 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31964 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31965
31966 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31967 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31968 cleaning up these problems.
31969
31970 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31971
31972 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31973 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31974
31975 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31976 non-nil.
31977
31978 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31979 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31980 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31981
31982 empty
31983 indentation
31984 space-before-tab
31985 trailing
31986 space-after-tab
31987
31988 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31989 whitespace problems in buffer.
31990
31991 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31992
31993 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31994 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31995 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31996 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31997 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31998 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31999 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32000
32001 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32002 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32003 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32004 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32005 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32006 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32007 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32008
32009 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32010 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32011 cleaning up these problems.
32012
32013 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32014
32015 ;;;***
32016 \f
32017 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32018 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18787 48919))
32019 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32020
32021 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32022 Browse the widget under point.
32023
32024 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32025
32026 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32027 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32028
32029 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32030
32031 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32032 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32033
32034 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32035
32036 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32037 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32038 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32039
32040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32041
32042 ;;;***
32043 \f
32044 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32045 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18941
32046 ;;;;;; 42894))
32047 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32048
32049 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32050 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32051
32052 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32053
32054 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32055 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32056 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32057
32058 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32059
32060 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32061 Create widget of TYPE.
32062 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32063
32064 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32065
32066 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32067 Delete WIDGET.
32068
32069 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32070
32071 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32072 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32073
32074 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32075
32076 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32077 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32078 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32079
32080 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32081 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32082
32083 \(fn)" nil nil)
32084
32085 ;;;***
32086 \f
32087 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32088 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18787
32089 ;;;;;; 48919))
32090 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32091
32092 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32093 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32094 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32095 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32096 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32097 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32098 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32099
32100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32101
32102 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32103 Select the window above the current one.
32104 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32105 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32106 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32107 negative ARG) of the current window.
32108 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32109
32110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32111
32112 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32113 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32114 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32115 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32116 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32117 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32118 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32119
32120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32121
32122 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32123 Select the window below the current one.
32124 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32125 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32126 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32127 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32128 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32129
32130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32131
32132 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32133 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32134 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32135 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32136
32137 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32138
32139 ;;;***
32140 \f
32141 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32142 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32143 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32144
32145 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32146 Toggle Winner mode.
32147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32148 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32149
32150 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32151
32152 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32153 Toggle Winner mode.
32154 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32155
32156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32157
32158 ;;;***
32159 \f
32160 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32161 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18867 59895))
32162 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32163
32164 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32165 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32166 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32167 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32168 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32169
32170 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32171
32172 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32173 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32174 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32175 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32176 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32177 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32178 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32179 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32180
32181 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32182 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32183
32184 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32185
32186 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32187 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32188
32189 \(fn)" t nil)
32190
32191 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32192 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32193 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32194 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32195 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32196 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32197 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32198 `woman' command for further details.
32199
32200 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32201
32202 ;;;***
32203 \f
32204 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32205 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
32206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32207
32208 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32209 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32210
32211 BUGS:
32212 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32213 are not implemented
32214 - Options for search and replace
32215 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32216 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32217
32218 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32219 Emacs-like.
32220
32221 The key bindings are:
32222
32223 C-a backward-word
32224 C-b fill-paragraph
32225 C-c scroll-up-line
32226 C-d forward-char
32227 C-e previous-line
32228 C-f forward-word
32229 C-g delete-char
32230 C-h backward-char
32231 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32232 C-j help-for-help
32233 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32234 C-l ws-repeat-search
32235 C-n open-line
32236 C-p quoted-insert
32237 C-r scroll-down-line
32238 C-s backward-char
32239 C-t kill-word
32240 C-u keyboard-quit
32241 C-v overwrite-mode
32242 C-w scroll-down
32243 C-x next-line
32244 C-y kill-complete-line
32245 C-z scroll-up
32246
32247 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32248 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32249 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32250 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32251 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32252 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32253 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32254 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32255 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32256 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32257 C-k b ws-begin-block
32258 C-k c ws-copy-block
32259 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32260 C-k f find-file
32261 C-k h ws-show-markers
32262 C-k i ws-indent-block
32263 C-k k ws-end-block
32264 C-k p ws-print-block
32265 C-k q kill-emacs
32266 C-k r insert-file
32267 C-k s save-some-buffers
32268 C-k t ws-mark-word
32269 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32270 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32271 C-k v ws-move-block
32272 C-k w ws-write-block
32273 C-k x kill-emacs
32274 C-k y ws-delete-block
32275
32276 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32277 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32278 C-o j justify-current-line
32279 C-o k kill-buffer
32280 C-o l list-buffers
32281 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32282 C-o r set-fill-column
32283 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32284 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32285 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32286 C-o wo other-window
32287 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32288
32289 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32290 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32291 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32292 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32293 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32294 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32295 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32296 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32297 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32298 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32299 C-q a ws-query-replace
32300 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32301 C-q c end-of-buffer
32302 C-q d end-of-line
32303 C-q f ws-search
32304 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32305 C-q l ws-undo
32306 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32307 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32308 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32309 C-q w ws-last-error
32310 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32311 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32312
32313 \(fn)" t nil)
32314
32315 ;;;***
32316 \f
32317 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (18787 48931))
32318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32319
32320 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32321 Perform an interactive search.
32322 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32323 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32324 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32325 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32326
32327 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32328 Example:
32329
32330 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32331
32332 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32333
32334 ;;;***
32335 \f
32336 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32337 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32338 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32339
32340 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32341 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32342 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32343 Returns the top node with all its children.
32344 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32345 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32346
32347 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32348
32349 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32350 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32351 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32352 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32353 is not well-formed XML.
32354 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32355 and returned as the first element of the list.
32356 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32357
32358 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32359
32360 ;;;***
32361 \f
32362 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32363 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18787 48932))
32364 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32365
32366 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32367 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32368 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32369 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32370 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32371 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32372 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32373 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32374 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32375 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32376
32377 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32378
32379 ;;;***
32380 \f
32381 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18827
32382 ;;;;;; 8828))
32383 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32384
32385 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32386 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32387 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32389 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32390 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32391
32392 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32393
32394 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32395 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32396 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32397 it off.
32398
32399 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32400 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32401 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32402 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32403 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32404 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32405
32406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32407
32408 ;;;***
32409 \f
32410 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32411 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18787 48928))
32412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32413
32414 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32415 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32416
32417 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32418
32419 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32420 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32421
32422 \(fn)" nil nil)
32423
32424 ;;;***
32425 \f
32426 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32427 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18787 48933))
32428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32429
32430 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32431 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32432
32433 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32434
32435 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32436 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32437
32438 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32439
32440 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32441 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32442 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32443
32444 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32445
32446 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32447 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32448
32449 \(fn)" t nil)
32450
32451 ;;;***
32452 \f
32453 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18787 48933))
32454 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32455
32456 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32457 Zone out, completely.
32458
32459 \(fn)" t nil)
32460
32461 ;;;***
32462 \f
32463 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el")
32614 ;;;;;; (19003 49774 168396))
32615
32616 ;;;***
32617 \f
32618 (provide 'loaddefs)
32619 ;; Local Variables:
32620 ;; version-control: never
32621 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32622 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32623 ;; coding: utf-8
32624 ;; End:
32625 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here